UNITED STATES


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


xAnnual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013


or


 ̈Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934


For the transition period from                     to


Commission File Number: 000-55106


BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Texas20-8948381(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)2200 Post Oak Blvd.                                                                                                                                  Houston, Texas77056(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)(205) 297-3000(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NoneSecurities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:Common Stock, $0.01 par value(Title of class)


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o No þ


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No þ


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes o No þ


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o No o


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated fileroAccelerated fileroNon-accelerated filerþSmaller reporting companyo


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o No þ


As of March 26, 2014, the registrant had 222,950,751 outstanding shares of common stock, all of which was held by an affiliate of the registrant. Accordingly, there was no public market for the registrant's common stock as of June 30, 2013, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


None.





---

Explanatory Note


The registrant meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction I(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-K.  Accordingly, the registrant is filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K with certain reduced disclosures that correspond to the disclosure items the registrant is permitted to omit from an Annual Report on Form 10-K filing pursuant to General Instruction I(2) of Form 10-K.





---

TABLE OF CONTENTS





PagePart IItem 1.Business9Item 1A.Risk Factors30Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments42Item 2.Properties42Item 3.Legal Proceedings42Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures42Part IIItem 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities42Item 6.Selected Financial Data43Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations44Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk90Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data91Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure171Item 9A.Controls and Procedures171Item 9B.Other Information172Part IIIItem 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance173Item 11.Executive Compensation173Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters173Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence173Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services173Part IVItem 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules175Signatures176











---

Glossary of Acronyms and Terms





The following listing provides a comprehensive reference of common acronyms and terms used throughout the document:


ADSsBBVA American Depository SharesAFSAvailable For SaleAICPAAmerican Institute of Certified Public AccountantsARMsAdjustable rate mortgagesASCAccounting Standards CodificationASUAccounting Standards UpdateBasel IIIGlobal regulatory framework developed by the Basel Committee on Banking SupervisionBasel CommitteeBasel Committee on Banking SupervisionBankCompass BankBBVABanco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.BBVA CompassRegistered trade name of Compass BankBBVA GroupBBVA and its consolidated subsidiariesBHCsU.S. bank holding companiesBOLIBank Owned Life InsuranceBSIBBVA Securities Inc.CAMELSThe Federal Reserve Board’s supervisory rating systemCapital SecuritiesDebentures issued by the ParentCapPRFederal Reserve Board's Capital Plan ReviewCAPMCapital Asset Pricing ModelCash Flow HedgeA hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liabilityCCARComprehensive Capital Analysis and ReviewCDCertificate of DepositCESCESpanish Export Credit AgencyCFPBConsumer Financial Protection BureauCFTCCommodity Futures Trading CommissionCompanyBBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiariesCovered AssetsLoans and other real estate owned acquired from the FDIC subject to loss sharing agreementsCovered LoansLoans acquired from the FDIC subject to loss sharing agreementsCQRCredit Quality ReviewCredit Loss ProposalProposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15)DRRDesignated Reserve RatioDIFDepository Insurance FundDodd-Frank ActDodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010ERMEnterprise Risk ManagementEVEEconomic Value of EquityExchange ActSecurities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amendedFair Value HedgeA hedge of the fair value of  a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitmentFASBFinancial Accounting Standards BoardFBOForeign banking organizationsFDICFederal Deposit Insurance CorporationFDICIAFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement ActFederal Reserve BoardBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve System


4


---

FHLBFederal Home Loan BankFHLMCFederal Home Loan Mortgage CorporationFICOFair Isaac CorporationFINRAFinancial Industry Regulatory AuthorityFifth CircuitThe United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth CircuitFNMAFederal National Mortgage AssociationGNMAGovernment National Mortgage AssociationGuaranty BankCollectively, certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank, acquired by the Company in 2009HTMHeld To MaturityIFRSInternational Financial Reporting StandardsIHCTop-tier U.S. intermediate holding companyIRSInternal Revenue ServiceLarge FBOsForeign Banking Organizations with $50 billion or more in global assetsLCRLiquidity Coverage RatioLeverage RatioRatio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly average on-balance sheet assetsLIBORLondon Interbank Offered RateLGDLoss given defaultLTVLoan to ValueMBOsMortgage Banking OfficersMBSMortgage Backed SecurityMSRMortgage Servicing RightsNLRBNational Labor Relations BoardNSFRNet Stable Funding RatioNYSENYSE Euronext, Inc.OCCOffice of the Comptroller of the CurrencyOFACOffice of Foreign Assets ControlOREOOther Real Estate OwnedOTTIOther-Than-Temporary ImpairmentParentBBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.Potential Problem LoansNoncovered, commercial loans rated substandard or below, which do not meet the definition of nonaccrual, TDR, or 90 days past due and still accruing.Preferred StockClass B Preferred StockPDProbability of defaultPurchased Impaired LoansLoans with evidence of credit deterioration since acquisition for which it is probable all contractual payments will not be received that are accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30,Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.Purchased Nonimpaired LoansAcquired loans with a fair value that is lower than the contractual amounts due that are not required to be accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30REITReal Estate Investment TrustSBASmall Business AdministrationSECSecurities and Exchange CommissionSecurities ActSecurities Act of 1933, as amendedSimpleSimple Finance Technology CorpTDRTroubled Debt RestructuringTier 1 Risk-Based Capital RatioRatio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assetsTotal Risk-Based Capital RatioRatio of Total capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assetsTrust Preferred SecuritiesMandatorily redeemable preferred capital securities


5


---

U.S.United States of AmericaU.S. TreasuryUnited States Department of the TreasuryU.S. Basel III final ruleFinal rule to implement the Basel III capital framework in the United StatesU.S. GAAPAccounting principles generally accepted in the United StatesUSA PATRIOT ActUniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001


6


---

Table of Contents


Forward-Looking Statements


This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements about the Company and its industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Statements other than statements of current or historical fact, including statements regarding the Company's future financial condition, results of operations, business plans, liquidity, cash flows, projected costs, and the impact of any laws or regulations applicable to the Company, are forward-looking statements.  Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” and other similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements.  Such statements are subject to factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from anticipated results.  Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following:


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | national, regional and local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, increased charge offs of loans, higher provisions for credit losses and/or reduced demand for the Company's services;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | disruptions to the credit and financial markets, either nationally or globally, including further downgrades of the U.S. government's credit rating and the failure of the European Union to stabilize the fiscal condition of member countries;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | weakness in the real estate market, including the secondary residential mortgage market, which can affect, among other things, the value of collateral securing mortgage loans, mortgage loan originations and delinquencies, and profits on sales of mortgage loans;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | legislative, regulatory or accounting changes, including changes resulting from the adoption and implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act, which may adversely affect our business and/or competitive position, impose additional costs on the Company or cause us to change our business practices;

|  |                                                                                                                                                        
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Dodd-Frank Act's consumer protection regulations which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations;

|  |                                                                                                                                               
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the CFPB's residential mortgage regulations which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations;

|  |                                                                                                                               
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | disruptions in the Company's ability to access capital markets which may adversely affect its capital resources and liquidity;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Company's heavy reliance on communications and information systems to conduct its business and reliance on third parties and affiliates to provide key components of its business infrastructure, any disruptions of which could interrupt the Company's operations or increase the costs of doing business;

|  |                                                                                                              
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | that the Company's financial reporting controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or fraud;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Company is subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages.  It may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchases as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, borrower fraud or certain breaches of its servicing agreements, and this could harm the Company's liquidity, results of operations and financial condition;

|  |                                                                                                           
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Company's dependence on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties;

|  |                                                                             
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies;

|  |                                                                                            
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the failure to satisfy capital adequacy and liquidity guidelines applicable to the Company;

|  |                                            
|- | -------------------------------------------
|• | downgrades to the Company's credit ratings;

|  |                                                                                            
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | changes in interest rates which could affect interest rate spreads and net interest income;

|  |                                                                               
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | costs and effects of litigation, regulatory investigations or similar matters;

|  |                                                                                                                                    
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | a failure by the Company to effectively manage the risks the Company faces, including credit, operational and cyber security risks;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | increased pressures from competitors (both banks and non-banks) and/or an inability by the Company to remain competitive in the financial services industry, particularly in the markets which the Company serves, and keep pace with technological changes;

|  |                                                                                                    
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | unpredictable natural or other disasters, which could impact the Company's customers or operations;

|  |                                                                               
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | a loss of customer deposits, which could increase the Company's funding costs;

|  |                                                                                                                                                             
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the disparate impact that can result from having loans concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type or location of the borrower or collateral;

|  |                                              
|- | ---------------------------------------------
|• | changes in the creditworthiness of customers;

|  |                                                                       
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | increased loan losses or impairment of goodwill and other intangibles;

|  |                                       
|- | --------------------------------------
|• | potential changes in interchange fees;

7


---

Table of Contents


|  |                                                                                                                
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | negative public opinion which could damage the Company's reputation and adversely impact business and revenues;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                            
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Company has in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which could affect costs and from which the Company may not be able to realize anticipated benefits;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                   
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Company depends on the expertise of key personnel, and if these individuals leave or change their roles without effective replacements, operations may suffer;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Company may not be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel and recruiting and compensation costs may increase as a result of turnover, both of which may increase costs and reduce profitability and may adversely impact the Company's ability to implement the Company's business strategies; and

|  |                                                                                                                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | changes in the Company's accounting policies or in accounting standards which could materially affect how the Company reports financial results and condition.

The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the time they are made and do not necessarily reflect the Company’s outlook at any other point in time. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or for any other reason. However, readers should carefully review the risk factors set forth in other reports or documents the Company files from time to time with the SEC.











8


---

Table of Contents


Part I


|        |         
|------- | --------
|Item 1. | Business

Overview


The Parent is a bank holding company that conducts its business operations primarily through its commercial banking subsidiary, Compass Bank, which is an Alabama banking corporation headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama.  The Parent was organized in 2007 as a Texas corporation.


The Parent is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BBVA (NYSE: BBVA).  BBVA is a global financial services group founded in 1857.  It has a significant position in Spain, is the largest financial institution in Mexico, has franchises in South America and has banking positions in Turkey and China.  The Bank operates under the brand “BBVA Compass,” which is a trademark of the Company.  BBVA acquired the Company in 2007.


The Bank performs banking services customary for full service banks of similar size and character. Such services include receiving demand and time deposits, making personal and commercial loans and furnishing personal and commercial checking accounts. Compass Bank offers, either directly or through its subsidiaries or affiliates, a variety of fiduciary services, including: portfolio management and administration and investment services to estates, trusts and employee benefit plans; term life insurance, variable annuities, property and casualty insurance and other insurance products; investment advisory services; a variety of investment services and products to institutional and individual investors; discount brokerage services, investment company securities and fixed-rate annuities; and lease financing services.


As part of its operations, the Company regularly evaluates acquisition and investment opportunities of a type permissible for a bank holding company, including FDIC-assisted transactions. The Company may also from time to time consider the potential disposition of certain of its assets, branches, subsidiaries, or lines of business.


On August 21, 2009, the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Guaranty Bank, headquartered in Austin, Texas. Guaranty Bank conducted consumer and banking activities through a network of 150 banking centers located in Texas and California.


On April 8, 2013, BBVA contributed all of the outstanding stock of its wholly-owned subsidiary, BSI, to the Company.  BSI is a registered broker-dealer and engages in investment banking and institutional sales of fixed income securities.


On May 14, 2013, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., the Company's former mid-tier holding company, was merged into BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., the Company's top-tier U.S. holding company.  Subsequent to the merger, the surviving entity's name was changed to BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.


Banking Operations


At December 31, 2013 , the Company, through the Bank, operated approximately 685 banking offices in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico, and Texas.  The following chart reflects the distribution of branch locations in each of the states in which the Company conducts its banking operations:


Alabama90Arizona78California64Colorado38Florida45New Mexico20Texas350Total685


The banking centers in Alabama are located throughout the state.  In Arizona, the banking centers are concentrated in the Tucson and Phoenix metropolitan markets.  The banking centers in California are concentrated in the Inland


9


---

Table of Contents


Empire and Central Valley regions.  The Colorado banking centers are concentrated in the Denver metropolitan area and the New Mexico banking centers are concentrated in the Albuquerque metropolitan area.  In Florida, the banking centers are concentrated in Jacksonville, Gainesville, and in the Florida panhandle.  The Texas banking centers are primarily located in the state’s four largest metropolitan areas of Houston, Dallas/Ft. Worth, San Antonio, and Austin, as well as cities in south Texas, such as McAllen and Laredo.


The Company also operates loan production offices in Miami, Orlando, and Tampa, Florida; Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; Washington D.C.; Tuscaloosa and Montgomery, Alabama; La Jolla and Ontario, California; Atlanta, Georgia; and Cleveland, Ohio; and has received  regulatory approval to open offices in Charlotte and Raleigh, North Carolina; Columbus, Ohio; Nashville, Tennessee; Sacramento and San Francisco, California; and Seattle, Washington.


Economic Conditions


The Company's operations and customers are primarily concentrated in the Sunbelt Region of the United States, particularly in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico and Texas. While the Company's ability to conduct business and the demand for the Company's products is impacted by the overall health of the United States economy, local economic conditions in the Sunbelt Region, and specifically in the states in which the Company conduct business, also significantly affect demand for the Company's products, the ability of borrowers to repay loans and the value of collateral securing loans.


One key indicator of economic health is the unemployment rate. At the beginning of 2008, the unemployment rate in the United States was 5%, rising to a peak of 10% in October 2009 during the financial crisis. While recent data reveals a gradual improvement in the unemployment rate, levels remain elevated compared to pre-crisis levels in certain states and for the United States as a whole. As of December 2013, the unemployment rate in the United States was 6.7%.  The following table provides a summary of unemployment rates as of December 2013 for the states in which the Company operates.


UnemploymentStateRate*Alabama6.1%Arizona7.6%California8.3%Colorado6.2%Florida6.2%New Mexico6.4%Texas6.0%


* Source: United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics as of December 2013


In terms of geographic distribution, approximately 58% of the Company’s total deposits and 51% of its branches are located in Texas, while Alabama represents approximately 19% of the Company’s total deposits. Texas has been a leader in the economic recovery of the United States, driven by gains in population growth, job creation and a booming energy industry. Texas has contributed approximately 35% of U.S. real GDP growth since 2007 and created approximately 40% of net jobs in the last decade. Key areas of economic growth in the Company’s other markets include: a resilient manufacturing sector in Alabama, construction and leisure in Arizona, robust gains in information technology and professional services in California, professional services in Colorado, and a rebound in construction in Florida.


Another economic indicator of health is the real estate market, and in particular changes in residential home prices. Since 2008, the national real estate market has experienced a significant decline in value, and the value of real estate in certain Southeastern and Southwestern states in particular have declined significantly more than real estate values in the United States as a whole. Recent data suggests that as the economic recovery continues, the housing market throughout the United States is beginning to strengthen and home prices are beginning to recapture some of the value lost during the economic downturn. The following table presents changes in home prices since 2007/2008, changes in home prices during 2013 and the foreclosure rates at December 2013 for the states in which the Company operates.


10


---

Table of Contents


Percentage Change inPercentage change inForeclosureStateHome Prices since 2007/08Home Prices 2013RatesAlabama-9.1%3.4%1 in every 1,571Arizona-35.1%19.8%1 in every 907California-34.1%16.6%1 in every 982Colorado4.2%11.9%1 in every 2,577Florida-37.8%9.6%1 in every 409New Mexico-14.9%2.4%1 in every 1,685Texas7.0%6.2%1 in every 2,081


Source: RealtyTrac foreclosure data as of December 2013. Home price data by BBVA Research and Haver.


Segment Information


The Company is currently organized along lines of business.  Each line of business is a strategic unit that serves a particular group of customers with certain common characteristics by offering various products and services.  The line of business results include certain overhead allocations and intercompany transactions.  During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its internal retail banking and wealth management structure and, accordingly, its segment reporting structure.  As a result of this reorganization, the Retail Banking and Wealth Management operating segments have been combined into one operating segment.  The Company’s operating segments now consist of Wealth and Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking, and Treasury.


The Wealth and Retail Banking segment serves the Company’s consumer customers through its full-service banking centers and through the use of alternative delivery channels such as the internet, mobile devices and telephone banking.  The Wealth and Retail Banking segment provides individuals with comprehensive products and services including home mortgages, credit and debit cards, deposit accounts, insurance products, mutual funds and brokerage services.  The Wealth and Retail Banking segment also provides private banking to high net worth individuals and wealth management services, including specialized investment portfolio management, traditional credit products, traditional trust and estate services, investment advisory services, financial counseling and customized services to companies and their employees.


The Commercial Banking segment is responsible for providing a full array of banking and investment services to businesses in the Company's markets.  In addition to traditional credit and deposit products, the Commercial Banking segment also supports its customers with capabilities in treasury management, leasing, accounts receivable purchasing, asset-based lending, international services, and insurance and interest rate protection and investment products.  In addition, the Commercial Banking segment is responsible for the Company’s indirect automobile portfolio.


The Corporate and Investment Banking segment is responsible for providing a full array of banking and investment services to corporate and institutional clients.  In addition to traditional credit and deposit products, the Corporate and Investment Banking segment also supports its customers with capabilities in treasury management, leasing, accounts receivable purchasing, asset-based lending, international services, and interest rate protection and investment products.


The Treasury segment's primary function is to manage the investment securities portfolio and the interest rate sensitivity of the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and the liquidity and funding positions of the Company.


For financial information regarding the Company’s segments, which are presented by line of business, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , see Note 23 , Segment Information , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


Competition


In most of the markets served by the Company, it encounters intense competition from national, regional and local financial service providers, including banks, thrifts, securities dealers, mortgage bankers and finance companies.  Competition is based on a number of factors, including customer service and convenience, the quality and range of products and services offered, innovation, price, reputation and interest rates on loans and deposits. The Company’s


11


---

Table of Contents


ability to compete effectively also depends on its ability to attract, retain and motivate employees while managing employee-related costs.


Many of the Company’s nonfinancial institution competitors have fewer regulatory constraints, broader geographic service areas, greater capital and, in some cases, lower cost structures. In addition, competition for quality customers has intensified as a result of changes in regulation, advances in technology and product delivery systems, consolidation among financial service providers, bank failures and the conversion of certain former investment banks to bank holding companies. For a discussion of risks related to the competition the Company faces, see Item 1A. - Risk Factors.


The table below shows the Company’s deposit market share ranking by state in which the Company operates based on deposits of FDIC-insured institutions as of June 30, 2013, the last date such information is available from the FDIC:


Table 1Deposit Market Share RankingDeposit MarketStateShare Rank*Alabama2ndArizona5thCalifornia24thColorado8thFlorida21stNew Mexico11thTexas4th


*Source: SNL Financial


Employees


At December 31, 2013 , the Company had approximately 10,853 full-time equivalent employees.


Supervision, Regulation and Other Factors


Like all bank holding companies, the Company is regulated extensively under federal and state law. In addition, certain of the Company's non-bank subsidiaries are subject to regulation under federal and state law. The following discussion sets forth some of the elements of the bank regulatory framework applicable to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The bank regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the DIF and not for the protection of security holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.


General


Bank holding companies are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act. In addition, the Alabama Banking Department regulates holding companies, like the Company, that own Alabama-chartered banks, like the Bank, under the bank holding company laws of the State of Alabama.  The Company is subject to primary regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board, through the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, and by the Alabama Banking Department.  Numerous other federal and state laws, as well as regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board and the state banking regulator, govern almost all aspects of the operations of the Company.  Various federal and state bodies regulate and supervise the Company's non-bank subsidiaries including its brokerage, investment advisory, insurance agency and processing operations.  These include, but are not limited to, the SEC, FINRA, federal and state banking regulators and various state regulators of insurance and brokerage activities.


In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act, which is discussed in greater detail below, established the CFPB, a new federal agency with broad authority to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products. Rulemaking authority for a range of consumer financial protection laws (such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act) transferred from the prudential regulators to the CFPB on July 21, 2011. With the appointment of a director for the CFPB in January 2012, the CFPB began to exercise its full authority under


12


---

Table of Contents


the Dodd-Frank Act, including the authority to supervise and examine depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets for compliance with these federal consumer laws.


The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which has oversight authority for monitoring and regulating systemic risk and alters the authority and duties of the federal banking and securities regulatory agencies, and restricts certain proprietary trading and hedge fund and private equity activities of banks and their affiliates. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the issuance of many implementing regulations which will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall impact to the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally. While the overall impact cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty, the Company is affected by the Dodd-Frank Act in a wide range of areas.


Permitted Activities


Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than five percent of the voting shares of, any company engaged in the following activities:


|  |                                          
|- | -----------------------------------------
|• | banking or managing or controlling banks;

|  |                                                                        
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries; and

|  |                                                                                                                                                                       
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | engaging in activities that the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking, including:

|  |                               
|- | ------------------------------
|• | factoring accounts receivable;

|  |                                                                              
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;

|  |                                   
|- | ----------------------------------
|• | leasing personal or real property;

|  |                                                                            
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association;

|  |                                    
|- | -----------------------------------
|• | performing trust company functions;

|  |                                                        
|- | -------------------------------------------------------
|• | providing financial and investment advisory activities;

|  |                                                     
|- | ----------------------------------------------------
|• | conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

|  |                                                                                 
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;

|  |                                                                     
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;

|  |                                                                   
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | performing selected data processing services and support services;

|  |                                                                                                                                
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions;

|  |                                                       
|- | ------------------------------------------------------
|• | performing selected insurance underwriting activities;

|  |                                                                                                                                                 
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | providing certain community development activities (such as making investments in projects designed primarily to promote community welfare); and

|  |                                                                                
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | issuing and selling money orders and similar consumer-type payment instruments.

The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company's continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries.


13


---

Table of Contents


Actions by Federal and State Regulators


Like all bank holding companies, the Company is regulated extensively under federal and state law. Under federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, state banking regulators, the Federal Reserve Board, and separately the FDIC as the insurer of bank deposits, have the authority to compel or restrict certain actions on the Company's part if they determine that it has insufficient capital or other resources, or are otherwise operating in a manner that may be deemed to be inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under this authority, the Company's bank regulators can require it to enter into informal or formal supervisory agreements, including board resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements and consent or cease and desist orders, pursuant to which the Company would be required to take identified corrective actions to address cited concerns and to refrain from taking certain actions.


Standards for Safety and Soundness


The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: internal controls; information systems and audit systems; loan documentation; credit underwriting; interest rate risk exposure; and asset quality. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as standards for compensation, fees and benefits. The federal banking regulators have adopted regulations and interagency guidelines prescribing standards for safety and soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards used to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under the regulations, if a regulator determines that a bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the regulator may require the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.


Dividends


The Federal Reserve Board has issued policy statements that provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.


The primary sources of funds for the Company's interest and principal payments on its debt are cash on hand and dividends from its bank and non-bank subsidiaries. Various federal and state statutory provisions and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank and its non-banking subsidiaries may pay. Under Alabama law, the Bank may not pay a dividend in excess of 90 percent of its net earnings until its surplus is equal to at least 20 percent of capital. The Bank is also required by Alabama law to seek the approval of the Alabama Superintendent of Banking prior to the payment of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of (a) the Bank's net earnings for that year, plus (b) its retained net earnings for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. The statute defines net earnings as the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal, state and local taxes. The Bank cannot, without approval from the Federal Reserve Board and the Alabama Superintendent of Banking, declare or pay a dividend to the Company unless the Bank is able to satisfy the criteria discussed above.


The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including payment of a dividend, or paying any management fee to its holding company if the institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. In addition, federal banking regulations applicable to the Company and its bank subsidiary require minimum levels of capital that limit the amounts available for payment of dividends. In addition, many regulators have a policy, but not a requirement, that a dividend payment should not exceed net income to date in the current year. The ability of banks and bank holding companies to pay dividends and make other forms of capital distribution will also depend on their ability to maintain a sufficient capital conservation buffer under the U.S. Basel III capital framework. The capital conservation buffer will be phased in for the Company and the Bank beginning on January 1, 2016. The supervisory stress tests of the Company conducted by the Federal Reserve Board as part of its annual CCAR process will also affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends and make other forms of capital distribution. Finally, the ability of banks and bank holding companies to pay dividends, and the contents of their respective dividend policies, could be impacted by a range of regulatory changes made pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, many of which will require final implementing rules to become effective.  The Parent's ability to pay dividends is also subject to the Federal Reserve Board's review of the Parent's annual capital plan, as discussed below under


14


---

Table of Contents


"Large bank holding companies are required to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to stress testing requirements."


Capital


The Company and Bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve Board.


Capital Requirements


The Federal Reserve Board adopted guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in reviewing applications submitted to it under the Bank Holding Company Act. These guidelines include quantitative measures that assign risk weights to a bank holding company's assets, exposures and off-balance sheet items to determine its risk-weighted assets and that define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements. Under capital adequacy guidelines currently in effect, bank holding companies are required to maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4 percent , a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8 percent and a leverage ratio of at least 4 percent .


Under bank holding company capital adequacy guidelines currently in effect, Tier 1 capital consists principally of shareholders' equity less any amounts of goodwill, other intangible assets, non-financial equity investments, and other items  required to be deducted. Tier 2 capital consists principally of perpetual and trust preferred stock that is not eligible to be included as Tier 1 capital, term subordinated debt, intermediate-term preferred stock and, subject to limitations, general allowances for loan and lease losses. Assets are adjusted under the risk-based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics. Quarterly average assets for purpose of the leverage ratio do not include goodwill, other intangible assets or items that the Federal Reserve Board has determined should be deducted from Tier 1 capital.


Capital Requirements Applicable to the Company, As Currently in Effect


Under bank holding company capital adequacy guidelines that are currently in effect, to be well-capitalized the Company must generally maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6 percent or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5 percent or greater.


To calculate risk-weighted assets, the capital adequacy guidelines applicable to the Company assign standardized risk weights to the Company's assets, exposures and off-balance sheet items that generally range from zero percent to 100 percent. Certain types of assets, such as most cash instruments and U.S. Treasury securities, are assigned a zero percent risk weight. Other types of assets, such as certain commercial and consumer loans, are assigned a 100 percent risk weight. Risk weights are also assigned to off-balance sheet items, such as unfunded loan commitments, after applying a credit conversion factor. A bank holding company's assets, exposures and off-balance sheet items are generally multiplied by the applicable risk weight to determine its risk-weighted assets. For purposes of calculating the leverage ratio, assets are not risk weighted.


Capital Ratios


Certain regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2013 , are shown in the table below.


Table 2Capital RatiosRegulatory MinimumWell-Capitalized MinimumThe CompanyThe BankTier 1 capital ratio4.0%6.0%11.62%11.11%Total risk-based capital ratio8.0%10.0%13.74%13.23%Leverage ratio4.0%5.0%9.87%9.50%


See Note 16 , Regulatory Matters and Dividends from Subsidiaries , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements , for additional information on the calculation of capital ratios for the Company and the Bank.


15


---

Table of Contents


Prompt Corrective Action for Undercapitalization


The FDICIA established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized insured depository institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators are required to rate insured depository institutions on the basis of five capital categories as described below. The federal banking regulators are also required to take mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to insured depository institutions in the three undercapitalized categories, the severity of which will depend upon the capital category in which the insured depository institution is assigned. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDICIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured depository institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking regulators have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category. Under the prompt corrective action regulations that are currently in effect, all insured depository institutions are assigned to one of the following capital categories:


Well-capitalized - The insured depository institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. A well-capitalized insured depository institution is one (1) having a total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent or greater, (2) having a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6 percent or greater, (3) having a leverage ratio of 5 percent or greater, and (4) that is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.


Adequately Capitalized - The insured depository institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. An adequately capitalized insured depository institution is one (1) having a total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent or greater, (2) having a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4 percent or greater, and (3) having a leverage ratio of 4 percent or greater, or a leverage ratio of 3 percent or greater if the institution is rated composite 1 under the CAMELS rating system; and (4) failing to meet the definition of a well-capitalized bank.


Undercapitalized - The insured depository institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. An undercapitalized insured depository institution is one (1) having a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8 percent, (2) having a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4 percent, or (3) a leverage ratio of less than 4 percent, or if the institution is rated a composite 1 under the CAMELS rating system, a leverage ratio of less than 3 percent.


Significantly Undercapitalized - The insured depository institution is significantly below the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. A significantly undercapitalized insured depository institution is one (1) having a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6 percent, (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3 percent, or (3) a leverage ratio of less than 3 percent.


Critically Undercapitalized - The insured depository institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal banking agency. A critically undercapitalized institution is one having a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2 percent.


The regulations permit the appropriate federal banking regulator to downgrade an institution to the next lower category if the regulator determines after notice and opportunity for hearing or response that the institution (1) is in an unsafe or unsound condition or (2) has received and not corrected a less-than-satisfactory rating for any of the categories of asset quality, management, earnings or liquidity in its most recent examination.  Supervisory actions by the appropriate federal banking regulator depend upon an institution's classification within the five categories. The Company's management believes that the Company and the Bank have the requisite capital levels to qualify as well-capitalized institutions under the FDICIA. See Note 16 , Regulatory Matters and Dividends from Subsidiaries , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


If an institution fails to remain well-capitalized, it will be subject to a variety of enforcement remedies that increase as the capital condition worsens. For instance, the FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including payment of a dividend, or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized as a result. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions may not accept brokered deposits absent a waiver from the FDIC, are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans for regulatory approval. A depository institution's holding company must


16


---

Table of Contents


guarantee any required capital restoration plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5 percent of the depository institution's assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan. Federal banking regulators may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution's capital. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized.


Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.


The U.S. Basel III final rule revises the capital ratio thresholds in the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new Basel III capital ratios, as described below.  This aspect of the U.S. Basel III will become effective on January 1, 2015.


The Company and the Bank will be subject to the higher capital adequacy standards contained in the U.S. Basel III final rule.


The existing regulatory capital framework will be significantly revised as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and a set of internationally agreed-upon bank capital standards known as “Basel III,” which is published by the Basel Committee, a committee of central bank and regulatory officials from 27 countries. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act requires trust preferred securities to be phased out of a bank holding company's Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016.


The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Company and the Bank are based on the 1988 Basel I capital accord. In 2007, the federal banking regulators established capital standards based on the advanced internal ratings-based approach for credit risk and the advanced measurement approaches for operational risk contained in the Basel Committee's second capital accord, referred to as “Basel II,” for the largest and most internationally active U.S. banking organizations, which do not include the Company or the Bank. Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk in determining minimum capital requirements, as well as supervisory assessment and market discipline with respect to capital adequacy.


In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached agreement on a revised set of regulatory capital standards: Basel III. These new standards, which are aimed at increasing the quality and quantity of regulatory capital, seek to further strengthen financial institutions' capital positions by mandating a higher minimum level of common equity to be held, along with a capital conservation buffer to withstand future periods of stress. The Basel III framework builds upon, and does not supplant, Basel II. Basel II largely focuses on the methods for calculating risk-weighted assets, the denominator of the risk-based capital ratio. Basel III, among other things, introduces a new tier of capital (Common Equity Tier 1 capital), new eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments for each tier of capital and new regulatory adjustments to and deductions from capital. Basel III also increases the minimum risk-based capital ratios and introduces capital buffers above the minimum requirements.


In July 2013, the federal banking regulators issued the U.S. Basel III final rule.  The final rule implements the Basel III capital framework and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment.  Certain aspects of the final rule, such as the new minimum capital ratios and the revised methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets, will become effective on January 1, 2015 for the Bank and the Company.  Other aspects of the final rule, such as the capital conservation buffer and the new regulatory deductions from and adjustments to capital, will be phased in over several years beginning on January 1, 2015.


Consistent with the Basel Committee's Basel III capital framework, the U.S. Basel III final rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent and a Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets that will apply to all U.S. banking organizations, including the Bank and the Company. Failure to maintain the capital conservation buffer will result in increasingly stringent restrictions on a banking organization's ability to make dividend payments and other capital distributions and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The final rule also increases the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4 percent to 6 percent, while maintaining the current minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent. In addition, for the largest and most internationally active U.S. banking organizations,


17


---

Table of Contents


which do not include the Bank and the Company, the final rule includes a new minimum supplementary leverage ratio that takes into account certain off-balance sheet exposures.


The U.S. Basel III final rule focuses regulatory capital on Common Equity Tier 1 capital, and introduces new regulatory adjustments and deductions from capital as well as narrower eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments.  The new eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments results in, among other things, trust preferred securities no longer qualifying as Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies such as the Company, an outcome that is also required by the Collins Amendment provision of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, existing trust preferred securities issued by the Company before May 19, 2010 will be phased out of Tier 1 capital and into Tier 2 capital by January 1, 2016. The final rule also revises the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets for certain types of assets and exposures.


Large bank holding companies are required to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve Board and are subject to stress testing requirements.


In November 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule to require large bank holding companies to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve Board and to generally obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board before making a dividend payment or other capital distribution. The capital plan rule applies to the Company and all other bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets. The Company participated in the CapPR program in 2012 and 2013, submitting its first annual capital plan on January 9, 2012. In 2014, the Company began participating in the annual CCAR program.  A large bank holding company's capital plan must include an assessment of the expected uses and sources of capital over a forward-looking planning horizon of at least nine quarters, a detailed description of the company's process for assessing capital adequacy, the company's capital policy, and a discussion of any expected changes to the company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity. Based on a qualitative and quantitative assessment, including a supervisory stress test conducted as part of the CCAR process, the Federal Reserve Board will either object to a large bank holding company's capital plan, in whole or in part, or provide a notice of non-objection to the company by March 31 of a calendar year for plans submitted by the January submission date. If the Federal Reserve Board objects to a capital plan, the bank holding company may not make any capital distribution other than those with respect to which the Federal Reserve Board has indicated its non-objection.


In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing rules issued by the Federal Reserve Board impose stress test requirements on both the Company and the Bank.  Beginning in October 2013, the Company must conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests and is subject to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve Board.  The Bank submitted its first annual company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve Board in January 2014.


The Federal Reserve Board has issued a final rule specifying how large bank holding companies, including the Company, should incorporate the U.S. Basel III capital standards into their 2014 capital plan and 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test capital projections. Among other things, the final rule requires large bank holding companies to project both their Tier 1 Common risk-based capital ratio using the methodology under existing capital guidelines and their Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio under the U.S. Basel III capital standards, as such standards phase in over the nine-quarter planning horizon.


On March 26, 2014, the Company was informed that the Federal Reserve did not object to the Company’s 2014 capital plan, including its plans to distribute capital through a semi-annual common dividend of approximately $51 million. The common dividends are subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors. While the Company can give no assurances as to the outcome of the annual CCAR process in subsequent years or specific interactions with the regulators, it believes it has a strong capital position.


Under a Federal Reserve Board rule issued pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, BBVA's U.S. operations, including the Company and the Bank, would be subject to enhanced prudential standards.


The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to impose greater risk-based and leverage capital, liquidity, single counterparty credit limits, stress testing, risk management and other enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, including the Company. In February 2014, the Federal Reserve Board approved a rule pursuant to its enhanced prudential standards authority under the Dodd-Frank Act. One part of the rule is applicable to top-tier U.S.-based bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of


18


---

Table of Contents


$50 billion or more. Another part of the rule will apply to Large FBOs, such as BBVA, and their U.S. branch and subsidiaries, such as the Company and the Bank.


Under the enhanced prudential standards final rule, Large FBOs with $50 billion or more in U.S. assets held outside of their U.S. branches and agencies, such as BBVA, will be required to create a separately-capitalized IHC that will hold all of the Large FBO's U.S. bank and nonbank subsidiaries, such as the Bank and the Company. Under the final rule, a Large FBO that is subject to the IHC requirement may request permission from the Federal Reserve Board to establish multiple IHCs or use an alternative organizational structure. The final rule also permits the Federal Reserve Board to apply the IHC requirement in a manner that takes into account the separate operations of multiple foreign banks that are owned by a single Large FBO. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will issue, at a later date, final rules to implement certain other enhanced prudential standards under the Dodd-Frank Act for large bank holding companies and Large FBOs, including single counterparty credit limits and an early remediation framework.


Under the Federal Reserve Board's final rule, an IHC will be subject to U.S. capital, liquidity, risk management, stress testing and other enhanced prudential standards on a consolidated basis, and the Federal Reserve Board will have the authority to examine any IHC and any subsidiary of an IHC. Although U.S. branches and agencies of Large FBOs will not be required to be held beneath an IHC, such branches and agencies will be subject to liquidity, and, in certain circumstances, asset maintenance requirements. Large FBOs generally will be required to establish an IHC and comply with the enhanced prudential standards beginning July 1, 2016, and FBOs that have $50 billion or more in non-branch/agency U.S. assets as of June 30, 2014 will be required to submit an implementation plan by January 1, 2015 on how the FBO will comply with the IHC requirement. As a bank holding company and IHC, the Company will be required to comply with the enhanced prudential standards applicable under the final rule to top-tier U.S.-based bank holding companies beginning on January 1, 2015.


Deposit Insurance and Assessments


Deposits at the Bank are insured by the DIF as administered by the FDIC, up to the applicable limits established by law. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the statutory regime governing the DIF. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act established a minimum DRR of 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits, required that the fund reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020 and directed the FDIC to amend its regulations to redefine the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments. Specifically, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the assessment base to be an amount equal to the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution during the assessment period, minus the sum of the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period and an amount the FDIC determines is necessary to establish assessments consistent with the risk-based assessment system found in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.


In December of 2010, the FDIC adopted a final rule setting the DRR at 2.0 percent. Furthermore, on February 7, 2011 the FDIC issued a final rule changing its assessment system from one based on domestic deposits to one based on the average consolidated total assets of a bank minus its average tangible equity during each quarter. The February 7, 2011, final rule modifies two adjustments added to the risk-based pricing system in 2009 (an unsecured debt adjustment and a brokered deposit adjustment), discontinues a third adjustment added in 2009 (the secured liability adjustment) and adds an adjustment for long-term debt held by an insured depository institution where the debt is issued by another insured depository institution. Under the February 7, 2011, final rule, the total base assessment rates will vary depending on the DIF reserve ratio. For example, for banks in the best risk category, the total base assessment rates will be between 2.5 and 9 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is below 1.15 percent, between 1.5 and 7 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is between 1.15 percent and 2 percent, between 1 and 6 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is between 2 percent and 2.5 percent and between 0.5 and 5 basis points when the DIF reserve ratio is 2.5 percent or higher.


In addition, the FDIC collects FICO deposit assessments, which is calculated off of the new assessment base established by the Dodd-Frank Act. FICO assessments are set quarterly, and in 2011 ranged from 1.020 (annual) basis points in the first quarter to .680 (annual) basis points in the second, third and fourth quarters. The Company pays the deposit insurance assessment, less offset available by means of prepaid assessment credits, and pays the quarterly FICO assessments.


On November 12, 2009, the FDIC imposed a requirement on all financial institutions to prepay three years of FDIC insurance premiums.


19


---

Table of Contents


On February 7, 2011, the FDIC adopted regulations that were effective for the 2011 second quarter assessment and payable in September 2011, which outlined significant changes in the risk-based premiums approach for banks with over $10 billion of assets and created a scorecard system. The scorecard system uses a performance score and loss severity score, which aggregate to an initial base assessment rate. The assessment base also changed from deposits to an institution's average total assets minus its average tangible equity. The 2011 FDIC assessment impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements from these assessment changes was not materially different than the prior period.


With respect to brokered deposits, an insured depository institution must be well-capitalized in order to accept, renew or roll over such deposits without FDIC clearance. An adequately capitalized insured depository institution must obtain a waiver from the FDIC in order to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. Undercapitalized insured depository institutions generally may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits. See the Deposits section in Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Dodd-Frank Act; Future Changes to Legal Framework


On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which substantially changed the regulatory framework under which the Company operates.  The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial-services industry, addressing, among other things, systemic risk, capital adequacy, deposit insurance assessments, consumer financial protection, interchange fees, derivatives, lending limits, mortgage lending practices, registration of investment advisors and changes among the bank regulatory agencies. Among the provisions that may affect the operations of the Company or the Bank are the following:


|  |                                                                                                                                                   
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Creation of the CFPB with centralized authority, including examination and enforcement authority, for consumer protection in the banking industry;

|  |                                       
|- | --------------------------------------
|• | New limitations on federal preemption;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | New prohibitions and restrictions on the ability of a banking entity and non-bank financial company to engage in proprietary trading and have certain interests in, or relationships with, a hedge fund or private equity fund;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Application of heightened capital, liquidity, single counterparty credit limits, stress testing, risk management and other enhanced prudential standards to the U.S. operations of BBVA, including the Company and the Bank;

|  |                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Requirement that the Company and the Bank be well-capitalized;

|  |                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Changes to the assessment base for deposit insurance premiums;

|  |                                                                             
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Permanently raises the FDIC's standard maximum insurance amount to $250,000;

|  |                                    
|- | -----------------------------------
|• | Imposes limits on interchange fees;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Repeals the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, effective July 21, 2011, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Places restrictions on compensation, including a prohibition on incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions and are deemed to be excessive, or that may lead to material losses;

|  |                                                                                                                        
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Requires that sponsors of asset-backed securities retain a percentage of the credit risk underlying the securities; and

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                              
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Requires that banking regulators remove references to and requirements of reliance upon credit ratings from their regulations and replace them with appropriate alternatives for evaluating creditworthiness.

20


---

Table of Contents


Some of these and other major changes could materially impact the profitability of the Company's business, the value of its assets or the collateral available for its loans, require changes to business practices or force the Company to discontinue businesses and expose it to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions and reputational risk. Many of these provisions became effective upon enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, while others are subject to further study, rule-making, and the discretion of regulatory bodies. In light of these significant changes and the discretion afforded to federal regulators, the Company cannot fully predict the effect that compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act or any implementing regulations will have on the Company's businesses or its ability to pursue future business opportunities. Additional regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. See Item 1A. Risk Factors - The Company is subject to legislation and regulation, including the Dodd-Frank Act, and future legislation or regulation could require it to change certain business practices, reduce its revenue, impose additional costs on the Company or otherwise adversely affect its business operations and competitive position.


Additional changes to the laws and regulations applicable to the Company are frequently proposed at both the federal and state levels. The likelihood, timing and scope of any such change and the impact any such change may have on the Company are impossible to determine with any certainty.


Rules have been finalized to implement the Volcker Rule


On December 10, 2013, the CFTC, FDIC, Federal Reserve Board, OCC and the SEC issued final rules to implement the Volcker Rule required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule prohibits an insured depository institution and its affiliates from (1) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (2) investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (covered funds) subject to certain limited exceptions. The final rules contain exemptions for market-making, hedging, underwriting, trading in US government and agency obligations and also permit certain ownership interests in certain types of funds to be retained.  They also permit the offering and sponsoring of funds under certain conditions.  The final rules extend the conformance period to July 21, 2015 but impose significant compliance and reporting obligations on banking entities.  The Company will be subject to the enhanced compliance program under the Volcker Rule but does not expect to be required to report metrics to the regulators.  The Company is of the view that the impact of the Volcker Rule will not be material to its business operations.


The Durbin Amendment's rules affecting debit card interchange fees impact the Company's electronic banking income


The Durbin Amendment required the Federal Reserve Board to establish a cap on the rate merchants pay banks for electronic clearing of debit transactions (i.e., the interchange rate). The Federal Reserve Board issued final rules, effective October 1, 2011, for establishing standards, including a cap, for debit card interchange fees and prohibiting network exclusivity arrangements and routing restrictions. The final rule established standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers were reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction, a 1 cent fraud prevention adjustment, and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction.


The lowering of interchange fees adversely impacted the Company's noninterest income, as described in Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  In July 2013, a decision by a Washington D.C. District Court judge invalidated the Federal Reserve Board's interchange rule ruling in favor of a group of retailers who argued that the new lower interchange fees had been inappropriately set too high by the Federal Reserve Board.  The Federal Reserve Board has appealed the decision and a stay is in effect. If the rule were to be revised so that interchange fees were even lower, it would further adversely impact the Company's noninterest income.  It is not possible to predict what the appellate court might do and how the Federal Reserve Board, if required to do so, would revise the interchange rule.


21


---

Table of Contents


Consumer Protection Regulations


Retail activities of banks are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by banks are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:


|  |                                                                                                                                                    
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the federal Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z issued by the Federal Reserve Board, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C issued by the Federal Reserve Board, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                  
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B issued by the Federal Reserve Board, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of various prohibited factors in extending credit;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                   
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V issued by the Federal Reserve Board, governing the use and provision of information to consumer reporting agencies;

|  |                                                                                                                    
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, applying to all debts incurred prior to commencement of active military service (including credit card and other open-end debt) and limiting the amount of interest, including service and renewal charges and any other fees or charges (other than bona fide insurance) that is related to the obligation or liability; and

|  |                                                                                                                
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the guidance of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

Deposit operations also are subject to, among others:


|  |                                                                                                                                        
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD issued by the Federal Reserve Board, which require disclosure of deposit terms to consumers;

|  |                                                                                                                    
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Regulation CC issued by the Federal Reserve Board, which relates to the availability of deposit funds to consumers;

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

In addition, there are a number of significant consumer protection standards that apply to functional areas of operation (rather than applying only to loan or deposit products).  The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC also enacted consumer protection regulations related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. The FDIC has issued rules aimed at protecting consumers in connection with retail foreign exchange transactions. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has been actively revising Regulation E, which governs electronic transactions, including a recent proposal governing remittance transfer transactions. Among the finalized changes made to Regulation E is the November 2009 amendment, which prohibits financial institutions, including the Company, from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Regulation E amendments also require financial institutions to provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial institution's overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer's choices. The amendments to Regulation E became effective on August 1, 2010.


22


---

Table of Contents


The CFPB recently finalized a number of significant rules which will impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage. These rules implement the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The final rules require banks to, among other things: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a new “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage,” (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower's principal residence, (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator compensation, and (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and escrow accounts maintained for “higher priced mortgage loans.” These new rules create operational and strategic challenges for the Company, as it is both a mortgage originator and a servicer. For example, business models for cost, pricing, delivery, compensation, and risk management will need to be reevaluated and potentially revised, perhaps substantially. Additionally, programming changes and enhancements to systems will be necessary to comply with the new rules. Some of these new rules went effective in June 2013, while others will be effective in January 2014. Forthcoming additional rulemaking affecting the residential mortgage business is also expected. These rules and any other new regulatory requirements promulgated by the CFPB could require changes to the Company's business, result in increased compliance costs and affect the streams of revenue of such business.


Many of the foregoing laws and regulations are subject to change resulting from the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, which in many cases calls for revisions to implementing regulations. In addition, oversight responsibilities of these and other consumer protection laws and regulations transferred from the bank's primary federal regulator to the CFPB. The CFPB is in the process of republishing the transferred regulations in a new section of the Code of Federal Regulations but has not yet made substantive changes to these rules. It is anticipated that the CFPB will be making substantive changes to a number of consumer protection regulations and associated disclosures in the near term. The Company cannot predict the effect that being regulated by a new, additional regulatory authority focused on consumer financial protection, or any new implementing regulations or revisions to existing regulations that may result from the establishment of this new authority, will have on its businesses. Additional regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may materially adversely affect the Company' business, financial condition or results of operations. See Item 1A. Risk Factors - The Company is subject to legislation and regulation, including the Dodd-Frank Act, and future legislation or regulation could require it to change certain business practices, reduce its revenue, impose additional costs on the Company or otherwise adversely affect its business operations and competitive position.


In addition, the Company is also subject to certain state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers.


BBVA and the Bank are required to submit resolution plans to the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, respectively.


The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued final regulations as required by Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding resolution plans, also referred to as living wills. The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC issued final rules applicable to covered companies with assets of $50 billion or more, which became effective November 30, 2011. The FDIC issued final rules applicable to insured depository institutions with assets of $50 billion or more, which became effective April 1, 2012. Insured depository institutions with $50 billion or more in total assets, like the Bank, must submit to the FDIC a plan whereby the institution can be resolved by the FDIC, in the event of failure, in a manner that ensures depositors will receive access to insured funds within the required timeframes and generally ensures an orderly liquidation of the institution. Additionally, covered companies, like BBVA, with assets of $50 billion or more are required to submit to the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC a plan that, in the event of material financial distress or failure, establishes the rapid and orderly liquidation of the company under the bankruptcy code and in a way that would not pose systemic risk to the financial system of the United States. The regulations allow for a tiered approach for complying with the requirements based on materiality of the institution. BBVA and the Bank submitted resolution plans in December 2013.  If the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC determine that a company’s plan is not credible and the company fails to cure the deficiencies in a timely manner, then the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC may jointly impose on the company, or on any of its subsidiaries, more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements or restrictions on growth, activities, or operations.


U.S. Liquidity Standards


The Federal Reserve Board evaluates the Company’s liquidity as part of the supervisory process. In addition, the Basel Committee has developed a set of internationally-agreed upon quantitative liquidity metrics: the LCR and the NSFR. The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash


23


---

Table of Contents


outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period. The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. The Basel Committee contemplates that major jurisdictions will begin to phase in the LCR requirement on January 1, 2015. It contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.


In October 2013, the federal banking regulators proposed a rule to implement the LCR in the United States. The proposed rule would apply a modified version of the LCR to large bank holding companies such as the Company. The modified version of the LCR differs in certain respects from the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule that ends on December 31, 2016. The federal banking regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR in the United States. However, the Federal Reserve Board has proposed liquidity risk management, stress testing and liquidity buffer requirements for the U.S. operations of Large FBOs such as BBVA. The Company and the Bank are part of BBVA’s U.S. operations.


Anti-Money Laundering; USA PATRIOT Act; Office of Foreign Assets Control


Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. The Company is prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence in dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. The Company also must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions. Recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks.  Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the USA PATRIOT Act, enacted in 2001 and renewed in 2006. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.


The USA PATRIOT Act amended, in part, the Bank Secrecy Act and provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering. The statute also creates enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: (1) requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; (2) promulgating rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (3) requiring reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and (4) mandating the filing of suspicious activities reports if a bank believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. The statute also requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons.


The Federal Bureau of Investigation may send bank regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities. The Bank can be requested to search their records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists and may be required to report any identified relationships or transactions. Furthermore, OFAC is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes, and routinely updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. OFAC also administers sanctions programs against certain countries.  If the Company finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list or that would violate a sanctions program administered by OFAC, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.


Commitments to the Company


Under the Dodd-Frank Act, both BBVA and the Company are required to serve as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances when BBVA and the Company might not do so absent the statutory requirement. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Federal Reserve Board may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a non-bank subsidiary, other than a non-bank subsidiary of a bank, upon the Federal Reserve Board's determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any depository institution subsidiary. Further, the Federal Reserve Board


24


---

Table of Contents


has discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or non-bank subsidiaries if the agency determines that any such divestiture may aid the depository institution's financial condition. In addition, any loans by the Company to the Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank.


Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders


A variety of legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds or in some cases transacting business with the Company or the Company's non-bank subsidiaries. The Company is subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W. Section 23A places limits on the amount of “covered transactions,” which include loans or extensions of credit to, investments in or certain other transactions with, affiliates as well as the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited to 10 percent of a bank's capital and surplus for any one affiliate and 20 percent for all affiliates. Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, certain covered transactions must meet specified collateral requirements ranging from 100 to 130 percent. Also, a bank is prohibited from purchasing low quality assets from any of its affiliates. Section 608 of the Dodd-Frank Act broadens the definition of “covered transactions” to include derivative transactions and the borrowing or lending of securities if the transaction will cause a bank to have credit exposure to an affiliate. The revised definition also includes the acceptance of debt obligations of an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to a third party. Furthermore, reverse repurchase transactions are viewed as extensions of credit (instead of asset purchases) and thus become subject to collateral requirements.


Section 23B prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. Except for limitations on low quality asset purchases and transactions that are deemed to be unsafe or unsound, Regulation W generally excludes affiliated depository institutions from treatment as affiliates. Transactions between a bank and any of its subsidiaries that are engaged in certain financial activities may be subject to the affiliated transaction limits. The Federal Reserve Board also may designate bank subsidiaries as affiliates.


Banks are also subject to quantitative restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests. In general, such extensions of credit (1) may not exceed certain dollar limitations, (2) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties, and (3) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Certain extensions of credit also require the approval of a bank's board of directors.


Regulatory Examinations


Federal and state banking agencies require the Company and the Bank to prepare annual reports on financial condition and to conduct an annual audit of financial affairs in compliance with minimum standards and procedures. The Bank, and in some cases the Company and the Company's non-bank affiliates, must undergo regular on-site examinations by the appropriate regulatory agency, which will examine for adherence to a range of legal and regulatory compliance responsibilities. A bank regulator conducting an examination has complete access to the books and records of the examined institution. The results of the examination are confidential. The cost of examinations may be assessed against the examined institution as the agency deems necessary or appropriate.


Community Reinvestment Act


The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to evaluate the record of the Company in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. These evaluations are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could result in additional requirements and limitations on the Bank.


Commercial Real Estate Lending


Lending operations that involve concentrations of commercial real estate loans are subject to enhanced scrutiny by federal banking regulators. The regulators have advised financial institutions of the risks posed by commercial real estate lending concentrations. Such loans generally include land development, construction loans and loans secured by multifamily property, and nonfarm, nonresidential real property where the primary source of repayment is derived from


25


---

Table of Contents


rental income associated with the property. The guidance prescribes the following guidelines for examiners to help identify institutions that are potentially exposed to concentration risk and may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny:


|  |                                                                                                                                            
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100 percent or more of the institution's total capital, or

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | total commercial real estate loans represent 300 percent or more of the institution's total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution's commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50 percent or more during the prior 36 months.

In October 2009, the federal banking regulators issued additional guidance on commercial real estate lending that emphasizes these considerations.


In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains provisions that may impact the Company's business by reducing the amount of its commercial real estate lending and increasing the cost of borrowing, including rules relating to risk retention of securitized assets. Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires, among other things, a loan originator or a securitizer of asset-backed securities to retain a percentage of the credit risk of securitized assets. The banking agencies have jointly issued a proposed rule to implement these requirements but have yet to issue final rules.


Branching


The Dodd-Frank Act substantially amended the legal framework that had previously governed interstate branching activities. Formerly, under the Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, a bank's ability to branch into a particular state was largely dependent upon whether the state “opted in” to de novo interstate branching. Many states did not “opt-in,” which resulted in branching restrictions in those states. The Dodd-Frank Act removed the “opt-in” concept and permits banks to engage in de novo branching outside of their home states, provided that the laws of the target state permit banks chartered in that state to branch within that state. Accordingly, de novo interstate branching by the Company is subject to these new standards. All branching in which the Company may engage remains subject to regulatory approval and adherence to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.


Anti-Tying Restrictions


In general, a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property, or furnish any services or fix or vary the consideration for them on the condition that (1) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property or services from or to said bank or bank holding company or their subsidiaries, or (2) the customer not obtain some other credit, property or services from a competitor, except to the extent reasonable conditions are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended. A bank may, however, offer combined-balance products and may otherwise offer more favorable terms if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products. Also, certain foreign transactions are exempt from the general rule.


Privacy and Credit Reporting


Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential customer information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties, with some exceptions, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer. Financial institutions generally may not disclose certain consumer or account information to any nonaffiliated third-party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing. Federal and state banking agencies have prescribed standards for maintaining the security and confidentiality of consumer information, and the Company is subject to such standards, as well as certain federal and state laws or standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach.


The Bank utilizes credit bureau data in underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V on a uniform, nationwide basis, including credit reporting, prescreening and sharing of information between affiliates and the use of credit data. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act, permits states to enact identity theft laws that are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the provisions of that Act.


26


---

Table of Contents


Enforcement Powers


The Bank and its “institution-affiliated parties,” including management, employees, agents, independent contractors and consultants, such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the institution's affairs, are subject to potential civil and criminal penalties for violations of law, regulations or written orders of a government agency. Violations can include failure to timely file required reports, filing false or misleading information or submitting inaccurate reports. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,000,000 a day for such violations and criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes may include imprisonment for 20 years. Regulators have flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties, and the FDIC has the authority to terminate deposit insurance. When issued by a banking agency, cease-and-desist and similar orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts or take other actions determined to be appropriate by the ordering agency. The federal banking regulators also may remove a director or officer from an insured depository institution (and bar them from the industry) if a violation is willful or reckless.


Monetary Policy and Economic Controls


The Bank's earnings, and therefore the Company's earnings, are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to promote orderly economic growth by influencing interest rates and the supply of money and credit. Among the methods that have been used to achieve this objective are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate for bank borrowings, expanded access to funds for non-banks and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These methods are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, interest rates on loans and securities, and rates paid for deposits.


The effects of the various Federal Reserve Board policies on the Company's future business and earnings cannot be predicted. The Company cannot predict the nature or extent of any effects that possible future governmental controls or legislation might have on its business and earnings.


Depositor Preference Statute


Federal law provides that deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution are afforded priority over other general unsecured claims against such institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the liquidation or other resolution of the institution by any receiver.


Other Regulatory Matters


The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to numerous examinations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, FINRA and various state insurance and securities regulators. The Company and its subsidiaries have from time to time received requests for information from regulatory authorities at the federal level or in various states, including state insurance commissions, state attorneys general, federal agencies or law enforcement authorities, securities regulators and other regulatory authorities, concerning their business practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business.


Disclosure Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act


The Company discloses the following information pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, which requires an issuer to disclose whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with natural persons or entities designated by the U.S. government under specified executive orders, including activities not prohibited by U.S. law and conducted outside the United States by non-U.S. affiliates in compliance with local law. In order to comply with this requirement, the Company has requested relevant information from its affiliates globally.


The Company has not knowingly engaged in activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with natural persons or entities designated by the U.S. government under the specified executive orders.


27


---

Table of Contents


Because the Company is controlled by BBVA, a Spanish corporation, the Company's disclosure includes activities, transactions or dealings conducted outside the United States by non-U.S. affiliates of BBVA and its consolidated subsidiaries that are not controlled by the Company.  The BBVA Group has the following activities, transactions and dealings with Iran requiring disclosure.


Legacy contractual obligations related to counter indemnities . Before 2007, the BBVA Group issued certain counter indemnities to its non-Iranian customers in Europe for various business activities relating to Iran in support of guarantees provided by Bank Melli, three of which remained outstanding during 2013. Estimated gross revenue for 2013 from these counter indemnities, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $9,000 and was entirely derived from payments made by the BBVA Group’s non-Iranian customers in Europe. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure. In addition, in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) Nr. 267/2012 of March 23, 2012, payments of any amounts due to Bank Melli under these counter indemnities have been blocked. The BBVA Group is committed to terminating these business relationships as soon as contractually possible and does not intend to enter into new business relationships involving Bank Melli.


Letters of credit . During 2013, the BBVA Group had credit exposure to Bank Sepah arising from a letter of credit issued by  Bank Sepah to a non-Iranian client of the BBVA Group in Europe. This letter of credit, which was granted before 2004, was used to secure a loan granted by the BBVA Group to a client in order to finance certain Iran-related activities. This loan was supported by the CESCE. The loan related to the client’s exportation of goods to Iran (consisting of goods relating to a  pelletizing plant for iron concentration and equipment). Estimated gross revenue for 2013 from this loan, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $12,000. Payments of amounts due by Bank Sepah in 2013 under this letter of credit were initially blocked and thereafter released upon authorization by the relevant Spanish authorities. In addition, during 2013, the BBVA Group received an indemnity payment from CESCE (which totaled approximately $7 million) in connection with a letter of credit which had been granted by Bank Mellat before 2004 and which matured in 2012.  The loan underlying this letter of credit was granted by the BBVA Group to a Spanish customer in connection with its provision of engineering services and supply of equipment for the construction of a petrochemical plant in Iran. This loan was supported by CESCE. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure in connection with the two letters of credit referred to above.


The BBVA Group is committed to terminating the outstanding business relationship with Bank Sepah as soon as contractually possible and does not intend to enter into new business relationships involving Bank Sepah or Bank Mellat.


Bank Accounts . In 2013, the BBVA Group maintained one account (which was closed in March 2013) for a company that produces farm vehicles and tractors and a number of accounts for certain of its employees (some of whom are of Iranian nationality). The BBVA Group believes that 51% of the share capital of such company is controlled by an Iranian company in which the Iranian Government might have an interest. Estimated gross revenue for 2013 from these accounts, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $6,100. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure. The BBVA Group is committed to terminating its business relationships with the employees of this company as soon as contractually possible and does not intend to enter into new business relationships involving this company or its employees.


Iranian embassy-related activity . The BBVA Group maintains bank accounts in Spain for three employees of the Iranian embassy in Spain. In addition, the BBVA Group maintains bank accounts in Venezuela for seven employees of the Iranian embassy in Venezuela. Moreover, prior to 2013, the BBVA Group provided one employee of the Iranian embassy in Venezuela with an insurance against theft at ATMs which expired on November 6, 2013. Estimated gross revenue for 2013 from embassy-related activity, which includes fees and/or commissions, did not exceed $1,100. The BBVA Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure. The BBVA Group is committed to terminating these business relationships as soon as legally possible.


Additional Information


The Company’s corporate headquarters are located at 2200 Post Oak Blvd., Houston, Texas, 77056, and the Company’s telephone number is (205) 297-3000. The Company maintains an Investor Relations website on the Internet at www.bbvacompass.com. This reference to the Company's website is an inactive textual reference only, and is not a


28


---

Table of Contents


hyperlink. The contents of the Company's website shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and information statements and other information that the Company files electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The Company also makes available free of charge, on or through its website, these reports and other information as soon as reasonably practicable following the time they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.


29


---

Table of Contents


|         |             
|-------- | ------------
|Item 1A. | Risk Factors

This section highlights the material risks that the Company currently faces. Any of the risks described below could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, or results of operations.


Any deterioration in national, regional and local economic conditions, particularly unemployment levels and home prices, could materially affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


The Company's business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national, regional and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and operations even if other favorable events occur. The Company's banking operations are locally-oriented and community-based. Accordingly, the Company expects to continue to be dependent upon local business conditions as well as conditions in the local residential and commercial real estate markets it serves, including Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico and Texas. These economic conditions could require the Company to charge off a higher percentage of loans or increase provisions for credit losses, which would reduce its net income.


Significant declines in the housing market from 2007 through 2010, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by many financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities, but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Although the U.S. economy has shown modest improvement recently, economic conditions continue to pose a risk to the financial system. The Company is part of the financial system and a systemic lack of available credit, a lack of confidence in the financial sector, continued volatility in the financial markets and/or reduced business activity could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations.


A return of the volatile economic conditions experienced in the U.S. during 2008-2009, including the adverse conditions in the fixed income debt markets, for an extended period of time, particularly if left unmitigated by policy measures, may materially and adversely affect the Company.


The failure of the European Union to stabilize the fiscal condition of member countries, especially in Spain, could have an adverse impact on the Company as well as the financial markets, and the current U.S. economic recovery.


Certain European Union member countries have fiscal obligations greater than their fiscal revenue, which has caused investor concern over such countries' ability to continue to service their debt and foster economic growth. Fiscal austerity measures such as raising taxes and reducing entitlements have improved the ability of some member countries to service their debt, but have challenged economic growth and efforts to lower unemployment rates in the region.


The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BBVA, which is based in Spain and serves as a source of strength and capital to the Company. Accordingly, European Union weakness, particularly in Spain, could directly impact BBVA and could have an adverse impact on the Company's business or financial condition.


A weaker European economy may transcend Europe, cause investors to lose confidence in the safety and soundness of European financial institutions and the stability of European member economies, and likewise affect U.S.-based financial institutions, the stability of the global financial markets and the economic recovery underway in the U.S. Should the U.S. economic recovery be adversely impacted by these factors, loan and asset growth at U.S. financial institutions, like the Company, could be affected.


Weakness in the real estate market, including the secondary residential mortgage loan market, has adversely affected the Company and may continue to adversely affect it.


Weakness in the non-agency secondary market for residential mortgage loans has limited the market for and liquidity of many nonconforming mortgage loans. The effects of ongoing mortgage market challenges, combined with the recent corrections in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in further price reductions in single family home values, adversely affecting the value of collateral securing mortgage loans that the Company holds, and mortgage loan originations and profits on sales of mortgage loans. Declining real estate prices have caused cyclically higher delinquencies and losses on mortgage loans, particularly Alt-A mortgages, and home


30


---

Table of Contents


equity lines of credit. These conditions have resulted in losses, write downs and impairment charges in the Company's mortgage and other lines of business.


Future declines in real estate values, low home sales volumes, financial stress on borrowers as a result of unemployment, interest rate resets on ARMs or other factors could have further adverse effects on borrowers that could result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which would adversely affect the Company's financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, counterparties to insurance arrangements used to mitigate risk associated with increased defaults in the real estate market are stressed by weaknesses in the real estate market and a commensurate increase in the number of claims. Further, decreases in real estate values might adversely affect the creditworthiness of state and local governments, and this might result in decreased profitability or credit losses from loans made to such governments. A decline in home values or overall economic weakness could also have an adverse impact upon the value of real estate or other assets which the Company owns as a result of foreclosing a loan and its ability to realize value on such assets.


The Company is subject to legislation and regulation, including the Dodd-Frank Act, and future legislation or regulation could require it to change certain business practices, reduce its revenue, impose additional costs on the Company or otherwise adversely affect its business operations and competitive position.


On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which has and will continue to substantially change the legal and regulatory framework under which the Company operates. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial-services industry, addressing, among other things, systemic risk, capital adequacy, deposit insurance assessments, consumer financial protection, interchange fees, derivatives, lending limits, mortgage lending practices, registration of investment advisors and changes among the bank regulatory agencies. The following are among the provisions that may affect the Company's operations:


|  |                                                                                                                                                   
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Creation of the CFPB with centralized authority, including examination and enforcement authority, for consumer protection in the banking industry.

|  |                                       
|- | --------------------------------------
|• | New limitations on federal preemption.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Application of heightened capital, liquidity, single counterparty credit limits, stress testing, risk management and other enhanced prudential standards to the U.S. operations of BBVA, including the Company and the Bank.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                              
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Requirement that a parent company and its subsidiary bank(s) be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to engage in activities permitted for financial holding companies.

|  |                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Changes to the assessment base for deposit insurance premiums.

|  |                                                                                                                   
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Permanently raising the FDIC's standard maximum deposit insurance limit to $250,000 for federal deposit insurance.

|  |                                             
|- | --------------------------------------------
|• | Imposing further limits on interchange fees.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                         
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Repeal of the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, effective July 21, 2011, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Restrictions on compensation, including a prohibition on incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by covered financial institutions and are deemed to be excessive, or that may lead to material losses.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Requirement that banking regulators remove references to and requirements of reliance upon credit ratings from their regulations and replace them with appropriate alternatives for evaluating credit worthiness.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | New prohibitions and restrictions on the ability of a banking entity and nonbank financial company to engage in proprietary trading and have certain interests in, or relationships with, a hedge fund or private equity fund.

31


---

Table of Contents


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Creation of a new framework for the regulation of over-the-counter derivatives and new regulations for the securitization market and the strengthening of the regulatory oversight of securities and capital markets by the SEC.

Some of these and other major changes could materially impact the profitability of the Company's business, the value of assets it holds or the collateral available for its loans, require changes to business practices or force the Company to discontinue businesses and expose it to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions and reputational risk.


Many of these provisions became effective upon enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, while others are subject to further study, rulemaking and the discretion of regulatory bodies. In light of these significant changes and the discretion afforded to federal regulators, the Company cannot fully predict the effect that compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act or any implementing regulations will have on the Company's businesses or its ability to pursue future business opportunities. Additional regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


The Dodd-Frank Act's provisions restricting bank interchange fees, and the rules promulgated thereunder, may negatively impact the Company's revenues and earnings.


Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board adopted rules effective October 1, 2011, limiting the interchange fees that may be charged with respect to electronic debit transactions. Interchange fees are charges that merchants pay to the Company and other credit card companies and card-issuing banks for processing electronic payment transactions. Since taking effect, these limitations have reduced the Company's debit card interchange revenues and have created meaningful compliance costs. Additional limits may further reduce the Company's debit card interchange revenues and create additional compliance costs.


The lowering of interchange fees adversely impacted the Company's noninterest income, as described in Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  In July 2013, a decision by a Washington D.C. District Court judge invalidated the Federal Reserve Board's interchange rule ruling in favor of a group of retailers who argued that the new lower interchange fees had been inappropriately set too high by the Federal Reserve Board.  The Federal Reserve Board has appealed the decision and a stay is in effect. If the rule were to be revised so that interchange fees were even lower, it would further adversely impact the Company's noninterest income.  It is not possible to predict what the appellate court might do and how the Federal Reserve Board, if required to do so, would revise the interchange rule.


The Dodd-Frank Act's consumer protection regulations could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


The Federal Reserve Board recently enacted consumer protection regulations related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. The Company has implemented changes to its business practices relating to overdraft payment programs in order to comply with these regulations.


For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company's overdraft and insufficient funds fees represented a significant amount of noninterest fees. Since taking effect on July 1, 2011, the fees received by the Company for automated overdraft payment services have decreased, thereby adversely impacting its noninterest income. Complying with these regulations has resulted in increased operational costs for the Company, which may continue to rise.  The actual impact of these regulations in future periods could vary due to a variety of factors, including changes in customer behavior, economic conditions and other factors, which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


The CFPB's residential mortgage regulations could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


The CFPB recently finalized a number of significant rules which will impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage. These rules implement the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The final rules require banks to, among other things: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a new “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets a new definition for a “qualified mortgage,” (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, early intervention with delinquent


32


---

Table of Contents


borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower's principal residence, (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator compensation, and (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and escrow accounts maintained for “higher priced mortgage loans.” These new rules create operational and strategic challenges for the Company, as it is both a mortgage originator and a servicer. For example, business models for cost, pricing, delivery, compensation and risk management will need to be reevaluated and potentially revised, perhaps substantially. Additionally, programming changes and enhancements to systems will be necessary to comply with the new rules. Some of these new rules went effective in June 2013, while others became effective in January 2014. Forthcoming additional rulemaking affecting the residential mortgage business is also expected. These rules and any other new regulatory requirements promulgated by the CFPB could require changes to the Company's business, result in increased compliance costs and affect the streams of revenue of such business.


The Company is subject to capital adequacy and liquidity standards, and if it fails to meet these standards its financial condition and operations would be adversely affected.


The U.S. Basel III final rule and provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Collins Amendment, will increase capital requirements for banking organizations such as the Company and the Bank.  Consistent with the Basel Committee's Basel III capital framework, the U.S. Basel III final rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent and a Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of greater than 2.5 percent of risk-weighted assets that will apply to all U.S. banking organizations, including the Bank and the Company. Failure to maintain the capital conservation buffer would result in increasingly stringent restrictions on a banking organization's ability to make dividend payments and other capital distributions and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, trust preferred securities no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies such as the Company, an outcome that is also required by the Collins Amendment.


The Company is also required to submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board.  The capital plan must include an assessment of the Company's expected uses and sources of capital over a forward-looking planning horizon of at least nine quarters, a detailed description of the Company's process for assessing capital adequacy, the Company's capital policy, and a discussion of any expected changes to the Company's business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity. Based on a qualitative and quantitative assessment, including a supervisory stress test conducted as part of the CCAR process, the Federal Reserve Board will either object to the Company's capital plan, in whole or in part, or provide a notice of non-objection to the Company by March 31 of a calendar year. If the Federal Reserve Board objects to a capital plan, the Company may not make any capital distribution other than those with respect to which the Federal Reserve Board has indicated its non-objection. In addition to capital planning, the Company and the Bank are subject to capital stress testing requirements imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Company's capital plan submitted in January 2014 is the first capital plan evaluated under the CCAR process, as the Company's prior capital plans were evaluated under the CapPR process.


On March 26, 2014, the Company was informed that the Federal Reserve did not object to the Company’s 2014 capital plan. While the Company can give no assurances as to the outcome of the annual CCAR process in subsequent years or specific interactions with the regulators, it believes it has a strong capital position.


The Federal Reserve Board evaluates the Company's liquidity as part of the supervisory process.  In addition, the Basel Committee has developed a set of internationally-agreed upon quantitative liquidity metrics: the LCR and the NSFR. The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover expected net cash outflows over a 30-day liquidity stress period.  The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. The Basel Committee contemplates that major jurisdictions will begin to phase in the LCR requirement on January 1, 2015. It contemplates that the NSFR, including any revisions, will be implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.


In October 2013, the federal banking regulators proposed a rule to implement the LCR in the United States. The proposed rule would apply a modified version of the LCR to large bank holding companies such as the Company. The modified version of the LCR differs in certain respects from the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, including a narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, different prescribed cash inflow and outflow assumptions for certain types of instruments and transactions and a shorter phase-in schedule that ends on January 1, 2017. The federal banking regulators have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR in the United States. However, the Federal Reserve Board has proposed liquidity risk management, stress testing and liquidity buffer requirements for the U.S. operations of Large FBOs such as BBVA. The Company and the Bank are part of BBVA’s U.S. operations.


33


---

Table of Contents


The Federal Reserve Board has approved a final rule to enhance its supervision and regulation of the U.S. operations of Large FBOs such as BBVA.  BBVA's U.S. operations include the Company and the Bank.  Under the Federal Reserve Board's rule, Large FBOs with $50 billion or more in U.S. assets held outside of their U.S. branches and agencies, such as BBVA, will be required to create a separately-capitalized top-tier U.S. IHC that will hold all of the Large FBO's U.S. bank and nonbank subsidiaries, such as the Bank and the Company. An IHC will be subject to U.S. risk-based and leverage capital, liquidity, risk management, stress testing and other enhanced prudential standards on a consolidated basis. Large FBOs generally will be required to establish an IHC and comply with the enhanced prudential standards beginning July 1, 2016, and FBOs that have $50 billion or more in non-branch/agency U.S. assets as of June 30, 2014 will be required to submit an implementation plan by January 1, 2015 on how the FBO will comply with the IHC requirement. As a bank holding company and IHC, the Company will be required to comply with the enhanced prudential standards applicable under the final rule to top-tier U.S.-based bank holding companies beginning on January 1, 2015. The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule could affect the Company’s operations.


The Parent is a holding company and depends on its subsidiaries for liquidity in the form of dividends, distributions and other payments.


The Parent is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, including the Bank. The principal source of cash flow for the Parent is dividends from the Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends by the Bank. Regulations of both the Federal Reserve and the State of Alabama affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends and other distributions to the Company and to make loans to the Company. Also, the Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors. Limitations on the Parent’s ability to receive dividends and distributions from its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and on its ability to pay dividends on common stock. For additional information regarding these limitations see Item 1. Business - Supervision, Regulation and Other Factors - Dividends.


The Company is subject to credit risk.


When the Company loans money, commits to loan money or enters into a letter of credit or other contract with a counterparty, it incurs credit risk, which is the risk of losses if its borrowers do not repay their loans or its counterparties fail to perform according to the terms of their contracts. Many of the Company's products expose it to credit risk, including loans, leases and lending commitments.


Further downgrades to the U.S. government's credit rating, or the credit rating of its securities, by one or more of the credit ratings agencies could have a material adverse effect on general economic conditions, as well as the Company's operations, earnings and financial condition.


On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's cut the U.S. government's sovereign credit rating of long-term U.S. federal debt from AAA to AA+ while also keeping its outlook negative. Moody's also lowered its outlook to “Negative” on June 2, 2011, and Fitch lowered its outlook to “Negative” on November 28, 2011. During 2013, Moody's and Standard & Poor's revised their outlook from "Negative" to "Stable," while Fitch continued to maintain a "Negative" outlook.  There continues to be the perceived risk of a downgrade to the U.S. government's sovereign credit rating, including the rating of U.S. Treasury securities. It is foreseeable that the ratings and perceived creditworthiness of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by institutions, agencies or instrumentalities directly linked to the U.S. government could also be correspondingly affected by any such downgrade. Instruments of this nature are key assets on the balance sheets of financial institutions, including the Company, and are widely used as collateral by financial institutions to meet their day-to-day cash flows in the short-term debt market.


Further downgrades of the U.S. government's sovereign credit rating, and the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations, could impact the Company's ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affecting the pricing of that funding when it is available. A downgrade may also adversely affect the market value of such instruments. The Company cannot predict if, when or how any changes to the credit ratings or perceived creditworthiness of these organizations will affect economic conditions. Such ratings actions could result in a significant adverse impact on the Company. A downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government or the credit ratings of related institutions, agencies or instrumentalities would significantly exacerbate the other risks to which the Company is subject and any related adverse effects on its business, financial condition and results of operations.


34


---

Table of Contents





A reduction in the Company's own credit rating could have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity and increase the cost of its capital markets funding.


Adequate liquidity is essential to the Company's businesses.  A reduction to the Company's credit rating could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.


The rating agencies regularly evaluate the Company and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including the Company's financial strength as well as factors not entirely within its control, such as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. Adverse changes in the credit ratings of the Kingdom of Spain, which subsequently could impact BBVA and its subsidiaries as well as those of BBVA itself, could also adversely impact the Company's credit rating.  In light of the difficulties in the financial services industry and the housing and financial markets, there can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its current ratings. The Company's failure to maintain those ratings could increase its borrowing costs, require the Company to replace funding lost due to the downgrade, which may include the loss of customer deposits, and may also limit the Company's access to capital and money markets and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivatives contracts and other secured funding arrangements.


The Company's ability to access the capital markets is important to its overall funding profile. This access is affected by its credit rating. The interest rates that the Company pays on its securities are also influenced by, among other things, the credit ratings that it receives from recognized rating agencies. A downgrade to the Company's credit rating could affect its ability to access the capital markets, increase its borrowing costs and negatively impact its profitability. A ratings downgrade to the Company's credit rating could also create obligations or liabilities for it under the terms of its outstanding securities that could increase its costs or otherwise have a negative effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, a downgrade of the credit rating of any particular security issued by the Company could negatively affect the ability of the holders of that security to sell the securities and the prices at which any such securities may be sold.


Changes in interest rates could affect the Company's income and cash flows.


The Company's earnings and financial condition are largely dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned from loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The narrowing of interest rate spreads, meaning the difference between interest rates earned on loans and investments and the interest rates paid on deposits and borrowings, could adversely affect the Company's earnings and financial condition. The Company cannot control or predict with certainty changes in interest rates.


Regional and local economic conditions, competitive pressures and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board, affect interest income and interest expense. The Company has policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates. Changes in interest rates, however, may still have an adverse effect on the Company's profitability. While the Company actively manages against these risks, if its assumptions regarding borrower behavior are wrong or overall economic conditions are significantly different than planned for, then its risk mitigation techniques may be insufficient to protect against the risk.


The costs and effects of litigation, regulatory investigations or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments relating thereto, could materially affect the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.


The Company faces legal risks in its business, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remain high. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against the Company may have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm, which in turn could seriously harm its business prospects.


The Company and its operations are subject to increasing regulatory oversight and scrutiny, which may lead to additional regulatory investigations or enforcement actions, thereby increasing the Company’s costs associated with responding to or defending such actions. In particular, inquiries and related enforcement action, if any, may increase the Company's compliance costs, require changes in the Company's business practices, affect the Company's competitiveness, impair the Company's profitability, harm the Company's reputation or otherwise adversely affect the Company's business.





35


---

Table of Contents


The Company's insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it and indemnification rights to which it is entitled may not be honored. Any claims asserted against the Company, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm its reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation or investigation significantly exceed the Company's insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, premiums for insurance covering the financial and banking sectors are rising. The Company may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may it be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms or at historic rates, if at all.


Disruptions in the Company's ability to access capital markets may adversely affect its capital resources and liquidity .


The Company may access capital markets to provide it with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs, and to accommodate the transaction and cash management needs of its clients. Other sources of contingent funding available to the Company include inter-bank borrowings, brokered deposits, repurchase agreements, FHLB capacity and borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window. Any occurrence that may limit the Company's access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt investors, its depositors or counterparties participating in the capital markets, or a downgrade of its debt rating, may adversely affect the Company's capital costs and its ability to raise capital and, in turn, its liquidity.


Starting in mid-2007, significant turmoil and volatility in worldwide financial markets increased, though current volatility has declined. Such disruptions in the liquidity of financial markets may directly impact the Company to the extent it needs to access capital markets to raise funds to support its business and overall liquidity position. This situation could adversely affect the cost of such funds or the Company's ability to raise such funds. If the Company were unable to access any of these funding sources when needed, it might be unable to meet customers' needs, which could adversely impact its financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and level of regulatory-qualifying capital.


The Company may suffer increased losses in its loan portfolio despite enhancement of its underwriting policies and practices, and the Company's allowances for credit losses may not be adequate to cover such eventual losses.


The Company seeks to mitigate risks inherent in its loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting policies and practices, which often include analysis of (1) a borrower's credit history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections; (2) valuation of collateral based on reports of independent appraisers; and (3) verification of liquid assets. The Company's underwriting policies, practices and standards are periodically reviewed and, if appropriate, enhanced in response to changing market conditions and/or corporate strategies.


Like other financial institutions, the Company maintains allowances for credit losses to provide for loan defaults and nonperformance. The Company's allowances for credit losses may not be adequate to cover eventual loan losses, and future provisions for credit losses could materially and adversely affect the Company's financial condition and results of operations. In addition, on December 20, 2012, the FASB issued for public comment a Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15), that would substantially change the accounting for credit losses under current U.S. GAAP standards. Under current U.S. GAAP standards, credit losses are not reflected in financial statements until it is probable that the credit loss has been incurred. Under the Credit Loss Proposal, an entity would reflect in its financial statements its current estimate of credit losses on financial assets over the expected life of each financial asset. The comment period on the Credit Loss Proposal closed on April 30, 2013. The Credit Loss Proposal, if adopted as proposed, may have a negative impact on the Company's reported earnings, capital, regulatory capital ratios, as well as on regulatory limits which are based on capital (e.g., loans to affiliates) since it would accelerate the recognition of estimated credit losses.


The value of the Company’s goodwill may decline in the future.


A significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, or slower growth rates, any or all of which could be materially impacted by many of the risk factors discussed herein, may require that the Company take charges in the future related to the impairment of goodwill. Future regulatory actions could also have a material impact on assessments of goodwill for impairment. If the Company were to conclude that a future write-down of its goodwill and other intangible assets is necessary, the Company would record the appropriate charge which could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations.


36


---

Table of Contents


The financial services market is undergoing rapid technological changes, and the Company may be unable to effectively compete or may experience heightened cyber-security risks as a result of these changes.


The financial services market, including banking services, is undergoing rapid changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and may enable us to reduce costs. The Company's future success may depend, in part, on its ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in its operations. Some of the Company's competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. As a result, the Company's ability to effectively compete to retain or acquire new business may be impaired, and its business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.


The Company is under continuous threat of loss due to cyber-attacks, especially as it continues to expand customer capabilities to utilize internet and other remote channels to transact business. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that it faces are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cybercriminals breach and extract funds directly from customers' or the Company's accounts. The attempts to breach sensitive customer data, such as account numbers and social security numbers, are less frequent, but could present significant reputational, legal and/or regulatory costs to the Company if successful.


Recently, there has been a series of distributed denial of service attacks on financial services companies. Distributed denial of service attacks are designed to saturate the targeted online network with excessive amounts of network traffic, resulting in slow response times, or in some cases, causing the site to be temporarily unavailable. Generally, these attacks have not been conducted to steal financial data, but meant to interrupt or suspend a company's internet service. While these events may not result in a breach of client data and account information, the attacks can adversely affect the performance of a company’s website and in some instances prevented customers from accessing a company’s website. Distributed denial of service attacks, hacking and identity theft risks could cause serious reputational harm. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and the Company may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. The Company's risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature and complexity of these threats from cybercriminals and hackers, its plans to continue to provide internet banking and mobile banking channels, and its plans to develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve its customers. The Company may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these risks and could be held liable for any security breach or loss.


The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business and relies on third parties and affiliates to provide key components of its business infrastructure.


The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. This includes the utilization of a data center in Mexico. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company's customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of the Company's information systems could damage its reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose it to civil litigation and possible financial liability.


Third parties and affiliates provide key components of the Company's business infrastructure such as banking services, processing, and internet connections and network access. Any disruption in such services provided by these third parties or affiliates or any failure of these third parties or affiliates to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect the Company's ability to deliver products and services to clients, its reputation and its ability to otherwise conduct business. Beginning in 2011, the Bank began converting to a new core banking system. Implementation and continuing improvement of this new core banking system relies heavily on third parties to develop software.


Technological or financial difficulties of a third party or affiliate service provider, including security breaches, could adversely affect the Company's business to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or discontinuation of services provided by that party or the loss of sensitive customer data. Further, in some instances the Company may be


37


---

Table of Contents


responsible for failures of such third parties or affiliates to comply with government regulations. The Company may not be insured against all types of losses as a result of third party or affiliate failures and the Company's insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from system failures or other disruptions. Failures in the Company business infrastructure could interrupt operations or increase the costs of doing business.


The Company is subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal risk and regulatory and compliance risk, and the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, which may adversely affect its business and results of operations.


The Company is exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal, regulatory and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, including unauthorized transactions by employees, or operational errors, such as clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Negative public opinion can result from the Company's actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. In addition, negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's ability to attract and keep customers and can expose it to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by the Company can result in negative public opinion about its other business. Negative public opinion could also affect the Company's credit ratings, which are important to its access to unsecured wholesale borrowings.


The Company's business involves storing and processing sensitive consumer and business customer data. If personal, non-public, confidential or proprietary information of customers in its possession were to be mishandled or misused, the Company could suffer significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss. Such mishandling or misuse could include, for example, if such information were erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either by fault of the Company's systems, employees or counterparties, or where such information is intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties.


Because the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company's necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions and its large transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. The Company also may be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control, such as computer viruses, electrical or telecommunications outages, natural disasters, or other damage to property or physical assets which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations, or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as it is, and to the risk that the Company's, or its vendors', business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. The occurrence of any of these risks could result in a diminished ability of the Company to operate its business, as well as potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


The Company depends on the expertise of key personnel, and its operations may suffer if it fails to attract and retain skilled personnel.


The Company's success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key individuals. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that the Company serves is great and it may not be able to hire these candidates and retain them. If the Company is not able to hire or retain these key individuals, it may be unable to execute its business strategies and may suffer adverse consequences to its business, operations and financial condition.


In June 2010, the federal banking regulators issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking organization's incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires those agencies, along with the SEC, to adopt rules to require reporting of incentive compensation and to prohibit certain compensation arrangements. The federal banking regulators and SEC proposed such rules in April 2011. If the Company is unable to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain its competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, the Company's performance, including its competitive position, could be materially adversely affected.


38


---

Table of Contents


The Company's framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to the company.


The Company's risk management framework is made up of various processes and strategies to manage its risk exposure. The framework to manage risk, including the framework's underlying assumptions, may not be effective under all conditions and circumstances. If the risk management framework proves ineffective, the Company could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.


The Company's financial reporting controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or fraud.


Financial reporting disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Any disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.


These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by any unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.


The Company is subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages. It may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, borrower fraud or certain breaches of its servicing agreements, and this could harm the Company's liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.


The Company originates and often sells mortgage loans. When it sells mortgage loans, whether as whole loans or pursuant to a securitization, the Company is required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. The Company's whole loan sale agreements require it to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans in the event that it breaches certain of these representations or warranties. In addition, the Company may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default of the borrower on a mortgage loan. Likewise, the Company is required to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans if it breaches a representation or warranty in connection with its securitizations, whether or not it was the originator of the loan. While in many cases it may have a remedy available against certain parties, often these may not be as broad as the remedies available to a purchaser of mortgage loans against it, and the Company faces the further risk that such parties may not have the financial capacity to satisfy remedies that may be available to it. Therefore, if a purchaser enforces its remedies against it, the Company may not be able to recover its losses from third parties. The Company has received repurchase and indemnity demands from purchasers. These have resulted in an increase in the amount of losses for repurchases. While the Company has taken steps to enhance its underwriting policies and procedures, these steps will not reduce risk associated with loans sold in the past. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase materially, the Company's results of operations may be adversely affected.


The Company is subject to intense competition in the financial services industry, particularly in its market area, which could result in losing business or margin declines.


The Company operates in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of reform of the financial services industry resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislative, regulatory and technological changes, as well as continued consolidation. The Company faces aggressive competition from other domestic and foreign lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services. The ability of non-banking financial institutions to provide services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures. Securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking, and may acquire banks and other financial institutions. This may significantly change the competitive environment in which the Company conducts business. Some of the Company's competitors have greater financial resources and/or face fewer regulatory constraints. As a result of these various sources of competition, the Company could lose business to competitors or be


39


---

Table of Contents


forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, either of which would adversely affect its profitability.


Some of the Company's larger competitors, including certain national banks that have a significant presence in its market area, may have greater capital and resources than the Company, may have higher lending limits and may offer products and services not offered by the Company. Although the Company remains strong, stable and well capitalized, management cannot predict the reaction of customers and other third parties with which it conducts business with respect to the strength of the Company relative to its competitors, including its larger competitors. Any potential adverse reactions to the Company's financial condition or status in the marketplace, as compared to its competitors, could limit its ability to attract and retain customers and to compete for new business opportunities. The inability to attract and retain customers or to effectively compete for new business may have a material and adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.


The Company also experiences competition from a variety of institutions outside of its market area. Some of these institutions conduct business primarily over the Internet and may thus be able to realize certain cost savings and offer products and services at more favorable rates and with greater convenience to the customer who can pay bills and transfer funds directly without going through a bank. This “disintermediation” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits. In addition, changes in consumer spending and saving habits could adversely affect the Company's operations, and the Company may be unable to timely develop competitive new products and services in response to these changes.


Unpredictable catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on the Company.


The occurrence of catastrophic events such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornados, terrorist attacks and other large scale catastrophes could adversely affect the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations. The Company has operations and customers in the southern and southeastern United States, which could be adversely impacted by hurricanes and other severe weather in those regions. Unpredictable natural and other disasters could have an adverse effect on the Company in that such events could materially disrupt its operations or the ability or willingness of its customers to access the financial services it offers. The incidence and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. Although the Company carries insurance to mitigate its exposure to certain catastrophic events, these events could nevertheless reduce its earnings and cause volatility in its financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and/or results of operations.


Customers could pursue alternatives to bank deposits, causing the Company to lose a relatively inexpensive source of funding.


Checking and savings account balances and other forms of client deposits could decrease if customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, provide superior expected returns. When clients move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments, the Company can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, increasing its funding costs.


Negative public opinion could damage the Company's reputation and adversely impact business and revenues.


As a financial institution, the Company's earnings and capital are subject to risks associated with negative public opinion. The reputation of the financial services industry in general has been damaged as a result of the financial crisis and other matters affecting the financial services industry, including mortgage foreclosure issues. Negative public opinion regarding the Company could result from its actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, the failure of any product or service sold by it to meet its clients' expectations or applicable regulatory requirements, corporate governance and acquisitions, or from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities.  The Company could also be adversely affected by negative public opinion involving BBVA.  Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's ability to keep, attract and/or retain clients and personnel, and can expose it to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by one of the Company's businesses can result in negative public opinion about its other businesses. Negative public opinion could also affect the Company's credit ratings, which are important to accessing unsecured wholesale borrowings. Significant changes in these ratings could change the cost and availability of these sources of funding.


40


---

Table of Contents


The Company depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.


In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, the Company may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. The Company also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors.


Compliance with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules involve significant cost and effort.


The Company is subject to rules and regulations regarding money laundering and the financing of terrorism.  Monitoring compliance with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing rules can put a significant financial burden on banks and other financial institutions and poses significant technical problems.  Although we believe that our current policies and procedures are sufficient to comply with applicable rules and regulations, we cannot guarantee that our anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing policies and procedures completely prevent situations of money laundering or terrorism financing.  Any of such events may have severe consequences, including sanctions, fines and reputational consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.








41


---

Table of Contents


|         |                          
|-------- | -------------------------
|Item 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments

Not Applicable.


|        |           
|------- | ----------
|Item 2. | Properties

The Company occupies various facilities principally located in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico and Texas and in states where it operates loan production offices that are used in the normal course of the financial services business.  The properties consist of both owned and leased properties and include land for future banking center sites.  The leased properties include both land and buildings that are generally under long-term leases.  The Company leases office space used as the Company's principal executive offices in Houston, Texas. The Bank has significant operations in Birmingham, Alabama.  The Company owns the building where the Bank is headquartered, and the land is subject to a long-term ground lease.  See Note 6 , Premises and Equipment , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements , for additional disclosures related to the Company’s properties.


|        |                  
|------- | -----------------
|Item 3. | Legal Proceedings

See under “Legal and Regulatory Proceedings” in Note 15 , Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees , of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


|        |                        
|------- | -----------------------
|Item 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.





Part II


|        |                                                                                                             
|------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Item 5. | Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information


The Company's common stock is not traded on any exchange or other interdealer electronic trading facility and there is no established public trading market for the Company's common stock.


Holders


As of the date of this filing, BBVA was the sole holder of the Company's common stock.


Dividends


The payment of dividends on the Company's common stock is subject to determination and declaration by the Board of Directors of the Company and regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends.  There is no assurance that dividends will be declared or, if declared, what the amount of dividends will be, or whether such dividends will continue.  The Company has not declared or paid any dividends during 2012 or 2013 .  A discussion of dividend restrictions is provided in Item 1. Business - Overview - Supervision, Regulation, and Other Factors - Dividends and in Note 16 , Regulatory Matters and Dividends from Subsidiaries in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities


On April 8, 2013, BBVA contributed all of the outstanding shares of BSI to the Company, and the Company issued 1,482,239 shares of common stock to BBVA. The shares were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.


On April 9, 2013, BBVA contributed $100 million to the Company, and the Company issued an additional 1,961,554 shares of common stock to BBVA. The shares were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration for transactions not involving a public offering under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.


42


---

Table of Contents


|        |                        
|------- | -----------------------
|Item 6. | Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth summarized historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods indicated.  This information should be read together with Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below and with the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The historical information indicated as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 through 2009, has been derived from the Company's audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 through 2009.  Historical results set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not necessarily indicative of future performance.


Years Ended December 31,20132012201120102009 (1)(Dollars in Thousands)Summary of Operations:Interest income$2,323,256$2,491,536$2,609,774$2,733,517$2,492,701Interest expense280,575261,554280,725394,333567,295Net interest income2,042,6812,229,9822,329,0492,339,1841,925,406Provision for loan losses107,54629,471428,633825,0491,686,493Net interest income after provision for loan losses1,935,1352,200,5111,900,4161,514,135238,913Noninterest income854,790850,048853,213886,1971,009,908Noninterest expense, including goodwill impairment (2)2,199,1752,351,8474,392,8182,676,9483,419,053Net income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)590,750698,712(1,639,189)(276,616)(2,170,232)Income tax expense (benefit)170,820219,70198,17559,845(241,665)Net income (loss)419,930479,011(1,737,364)(336,461)(1,928,567)Noncontrolling interest2,0942,1382,0112,0101,863Net income (loss) available to shareholder$417,836$476,873$(1,739,375)$(338,471)$(1,930,430)Summary of Balance Sheet:Period-End Balances:Loans (3)$50,814,125$45,333,608$42,112,678$40,441,825$42,777,077Allowance for loan losses(700,719)(802,853)(1,051,796)(1,109,017)(1,268,046)Total assets71,965,47669,236,69563,319,36763,421,55664,647,358Deposits54,437,49051,642,77846,057,19345,401,16346,544,138FHLB and other borrowings4,298,7074,273,2794,168,4343,023,2253,285,947Shareholder's equity11,487,75911,083,57310,617,06412,213,10111,832,062Average Balances:Loans(3)$47,959,849$44,118,556$40,998,782$41,525,768$40,336,643Total assets70,309,63766,468,81563,734,47764,627,46063,448,673Deposits52,553,74448,549,78045,516,06545,665,09240,840,116FHLB and Other Borrowings4,269,5214,478,1363,249,7093,362,1444,226,130Shareholder's Equity11,337,38810,906,12312,265,32212,363,84813,011,587Selected Ratios:Return on average total assets0.60%0.72%(2.73)%(0.52)%(3.04)%Return on average total equity3.704.39(14.16)(2.72)(14.82)Average equity to average assets16.1216.4119.2419.1320.51


|    |                                                                                                                                                                         
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | 2009 financial information has not been retrospectively adjusted to include the historical activity of BSI due to the immateriality of BSI's 2009 financial information.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                     
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes goodwill impairment of$2.0 billion, $523.3 million and $1.6 billion, respectively.

|    |                              
|--- | -----------------------------
|(3) | Includes loans held for sale.

43


---

Table of Contents


|        |                                                                                      
|------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Item 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The purpose of this discussion is to focus on significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations of the Company during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .  The Executive Overview summarizes information management believes is important for an understanding of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Topics presented in the Executive Overview are discussed in more detail within, and should be read in conjunction with, this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The discussion of the critical accounting policies and analysis set forth below is intended to supplement and highlight information contained in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the selected financial data presented elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Executive Overview


General


Notable accomplishments for the Company during 2013 included the following:


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Total end of period loans increased12%.  This growth reflects management's strategy to grow the Company's commercial and consumer portfolios while further diversifying the risk profile of the overall loan portfolio.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Credit quality - nonperforming assets declined$390 millionor41%, while the Company's allowance for loan losses to period end loans decreased from1.78%at December 31, 2012 to1.38%at December 31, 2013.

|  |                                                                                          
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | The Company made investments in personnel and technology while reducing overall expenses.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                         
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | The Company's risk-based and leverage capital ratios remained significantly above the “well-capitalized” standard that is currently in effect in the prompt corrective action framework.

In addition to the accomplishments listed above, the recent implementation of a new core banking platform has enabled the Company to provide its customers with real-time information.  It has also significantly reduced the time necessary during the new account opening process and simplified the process for the Company's customers. The new core banking platform has also facilitated the Company’s ability to introduce new products and services, and provide its customers access to various mobile platforms to conduct their banking transactions. Notable products and services introduced during 2013 included:


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | NBA Banking - as official bank of the NBA, the Company launched its first all-digital account during the 2013 NBA All-Star Weekend. The product combines a checking and savings account with exclusive NBA content and uses the Company’s digital platforms.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Business Mobility Bundle - product designed to provide micro-businesses the tools needed to manage their financial needs including e-Business Checking account, online and mobile banking, and a merchant services mobility pack with a secured card reader for processing debit and credit card payments.

|  |                                                                                                                                      
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Mobile Deposit - app that allows mobile device users the ability to deposit a check by taking a picture and transmitting to the bank.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Picture Bill Pay - expanding on the capabilities of its mobile device app, this feature allows customers to pay bills and add payees by taking pictures of their paper bills with their mobile device.

The Company has utilized its new core banking platform to provide a comprehensive mobile banking offering to its clients.


The Company is also currently testing the next generation of drive-thru banking technology that allows customers to operate an ATM-like machine for self service or opt for live assistance from a teller. The Company also introduced


44


---

Table of Contents


four new checking account products as part of a comprehensive deposit account redesign aimed at creating straightforward and transparent banking options for customers.


Economic and regulatory


2013 saw moderate economic growth driven by improvements in labor market conditions, increased household spending and further strengthening of housing markets.  Household spending continued to moderately increase and borrowing costs remained at historically low levels. Compared to December 31, 2012, the housing market continued to strengthen as demonstrated by price increases, favorable shifts in supply and demand and some encouraging signs from certain homebuilding activities.  However, continued elevated unemployment contributed uncertainty about the strength of economic growth.  The global economy continued to recover unevenly amid concerns over the economic health of the European Union and reports of slowing growth in emerging markets.  While actions were taken during 2012 to ease the European sovereign debt crisis, uncertainty about the sustained financial health of certain European countries continues to exist.


During the second quarter of 2013, the Federal Reserve Board reaffirmed that a highly accommodative monetary policy will remain in effect for a considerable time after its asset purchase program ends and the economic recovery strengthens.  Accordingly, the Federal Reserve Board conveyed that it anticipates maintaining key interest rates at historically low levels, as long as the unemployment rate remains above 6.5% and its long-term inflation goals are not met.  As a result of executing its monetary policy, the Federal Reserve Board continues to maintain large portfolios of U.S. Treasury notes and bonds and agency MBSs with plans to continue adding Treasuries and agency MBSs to its portfolio. However, the Federal Reserve indicated it is prepared to increase or reduce the pace of its purchases as the outlook for the labor market or inflation changes.


Capital


Under Federal Reserve Board capital adequacy guidelines that are currently in effect, to be well-capitalized the Company must generally maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater.


The Company's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.62% and 11.68% at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The Company leverage capital ratio was 9.87% and 9.43% at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The Company's risk-based and leverage capital ratios remain significantly above the “well-capitalized” standard that is currently in effect in the prompt corrective action framework. The U.S. Basel III final rule revises the capital ratio thresholds in the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new Basel III capital ratios.  This aspect of the U.S. Basel III final rule will become effective on January 1, 2015.  For more information see “Capital” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 1. Business - Supervision, Regulation and Other Factors - Capital, and Note 16 , Regulatory Matters and Dividends from Subsidiaries , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Liquidity


The Company’s sources of liquidity include customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts, loan principal and interest payments, investment securities held to maturity and available for sale, short-term investments and short-term borrowings. As a bank holding company, the Parent’s primary source of liquidity is the Bank. The Bank did not have the ability to pay any dividends at December 31, 2013 and 2012 without regulatory approval. Management believes that the current sources of liquidity are adequate to meet the Company’s requirements and plans for continued growth. For more information see below under “Liquidity Management” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 11 , FHLB and Other Borrowings , Note 12 , Capital Securities and Preferred Stock , and Note 15 , Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


45


---

Table of Contents


Financial Performance


The economy and interest rates were the biggest factors impacting the Company’s financial results in 2013. Despite this challenging environment, the Company was able to deliver solid financial performance.  Consolidated net income attributable to shareholder for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $417.8 million compared to $476.9 million earned during the year ended December 31, 2012 .  The decrease in net income attributable to shareholder was primarily due to a decrease in net interest income and an increase in the provision for loan losses, offset in part by decreases in noninterest expense and income tax expense.


Net interest income totaled $2.0 billion in 2013 compared to $2.2 billion in 2012 .  The $187.3 million decrease in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was driven by lower yields on earning assets, particularly loans and investment securities available for sale, as well as higher funding costs primarily associated with interest bearing deposits and FHLB and other borrowings.  The net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 3.62% , a decline of 61 basis points compared to 4.23% for the year ended December 31, 2012 .


The provision for loan losses was $107.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , which represented an increase of $78.1 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 .  Net charge-offs at December 31, 2013 totaled $209.7 million compared to $278.4 million at December 31, 2012 .  Excluding covered loans, the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $124.2 million compared to $60.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  The increase in provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to loan growth during 2013 in the commercial, financial and agricultural, residential real estate, and consumer portfolios.  Offsetting the increase attributable to loan growth was improving credit quality in the real estate-construction and commercial real estate-mortgage portfolios.  Net charge-offs excluding covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $211.5 million , which represented an $88.5 million decrease from the year ended December 31, 2012 .


Noninterest income was $854.8 million , an increase of $4.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 .  The increase in noninterest income was largely attributable to an increase of $18.5 million in investment securities gains and a $61.5 million increase in other noninterest income.  The increase in other noninterest income principally resulted from an increase in net gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO due to stabilizing real estate values and an increase in revenues from the Company's broker dealer.  These increases were offset by a $33.3 million decrease in service charges on deposit accounts, a $15.4 million decrease in mortgage banking income and a $16.6 million decrease in gains on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings.


Noninterest expense was $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 , a decrease of $152.7 million compared to December 31, 2012 .  The lower level of noninterest expense was primarily attributable to a $105.3 million decrease in FDIC indemnification expense, a $31.1 million decrease in amortization of intangibles, a $45.5 million decrease in FDIC insurance expense and a $34.7 million decrease in other noninterest expense principally resulting from a reduction in credit related costs.  The decline in these noninterest expense categories was partially offset by a $34.6 million increase in equipment expense and a $15.1 million increase in professional services.


Income tax expense was $170.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $219.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  This resulted in an effective tax rate of 28.9% for 2013 and a 31.4% effective tax rate for 2012 .


Certain key credit quality metrics continued to show improvement during the year ended December 31, 2013 .  Specifically, nonperforming assets excluding covered assets were $486.3 million at December 31, 2013 , a decrease of $318.1 million compared to December 31, 2012 .  At the same time, past due loans declined slightly during 2013.


The Company's total assets at December 31, 2013 were $72.0 billion , up slightly from December 31, 2012 levels. Total loans excluding loans held for sale were $50.7 billion at December 31, 2013 , an increase of $5.7 billion or 12.6% from year-end December 31, 2012 levels.  The growth in loans was primarily due to increases in commercial loans, residential mortgages and indirect auto lending.  Deposits increased $2.8 billion or 5.4% compared to December 31, 2012 , driven by transaction accounts which increased 7.4% fueled by savings and money market growth.  Noninterest bearing demand deposits increased 6.5% despite the expiration at December 31, 2012, of a provision from the Dodd-Frank Act which provided temporary unlimited deposit insurance coverage on noninterest bearing deposits. Certificates


46


---

Table of Contents


and other time deposits decreased 0.9% at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012 primarily as a result of a decrease in certificates of deposits over $100,000.


Total shareholders' equity at December 31, 2013 was $11.5 billion , an increase of $404.2 million compared to December 31, 2012 .


Critical Accounting Policies


The accounting principles followed by the Company and the methods of applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices within the banking industry. The Company’s critical accounting policies relate to (1) the allowance for loan losses, (2) fair value of financial instruments, (3) income taxes and (4) goodwill impairment.  These critical accounting policies require the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments which are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, future financial statements could reflect the use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments.  Certain determinations inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.


Allowance for Loan Losses :  Management’s policy is to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to absorb estimated probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio.  Management performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its loan portfolio to identify trends and to assess the overall collectability of the loan portfolio. Accounting standards require that loan losses be recorded when management determines it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.


Estimates for the allowance for loan losses are determined by analyzing historical losses, historical migration to charge-off experience, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, the results of regulatory examinations and changes in the size, composition and risk assessment of the loan portfolio.  Also included in management’s estimate for the allowance for loan losses are considerations with respect to the impact of current economic events.  These events may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in overall interest rates, political conditions, legislation that may directly or indirectly affect the banking industry and economic conditions affecting specific geographical areas and industries in which the Company conducts business.


While management uses the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses and methodology may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the estimates.  Such adjustments to original estimates, as necessary, are made in the period in which these factors and other relevant considerations indicate that loss levels vary from previous estimates.


A detailed discussion of the methodology used in determining the allowance for loan losses is included in Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


Fair Value of Financial Instruments : A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  These include investment securities available for sale, trading account assets and liabilities, loans held for sale, mortgage servicing assets, and derivative assets and liabilities.  Periodically, the estimation of fair value also affects investment securities held to maturity when it is determined that an impairment write-down is other than temporary.  Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as other real estate owned, which is recorded at the lower of the recorded balance or fair value, less estimated costs to sell.  The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and impaired loans.


Fair value is generally based upon quoted market prices, when available.  If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use observable market based parameters as inputs.  Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value.  These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as other unobservable parameters.  Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.  While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.


47


---

Table of Contents


See Note 20 , Fair Value of Financial Instruments , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.


Income Taxes :  The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best assessment of estimated taxes due.  The calculation of each component of the Company’s income tax provision is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgments in its determination.  As part of the Company’s evaluation and implementation of business strategies, consideration is given to the regulations and tax laws that apply to the specific facts and circumstances for any tax positions under evaluation.  Management closely monitors tax developments on both the federal and state level in order to evaluate the effect they may have on the Company’s overall tax position and the estimates and judgments used in determining the income tax provision and records adjustments as necessary.


Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expenses. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company must consider all available evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and the results of recent operations.  A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.  See Note 19 , Income Taxes , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.


Goodwill Impairment : It is the Company’s policy to assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.


Accounting standards require management to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit in assessing impairment at least annually.  As such, the Company engages an independent valuation expert to assist in the computation of the fair value estimates of each reporting unit as part of its annual assessment.  This assessment utilizes a blend of  income and market based valuation methodologies.


The impairment testing process conducted by the Company begins by assigning net assets and goodwill to each reporting unit.  The Company then completes step one of the impairment test by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with the recorded book value of its net assets, with goodwill included in the computation of the carrying amount.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired, and step two of the impairment test is not necessary.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step two of the impairment test is performed to determine the amount of impairment.  Step two of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of goodwill attributable to each reporting unit to the carrying amount of that goodwill.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination; an entity allocates the fair value determined in step one for the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.


The computation of the fair value estimate is based upon management’s estimates and assumptions.  Although management has used the estimates and assumptions it believes to be most appropriate in the circumstances, it should be noted that even relatively minor changes in certain valuation assumptions used in management’s calculation would result in significant differences in the results of the impairment test. See Note 8 , Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed discussion of the impairment testing process.


Analysis of Results of Operations


Consolidated net income (loss) attributable to shareholder totaled $417.8 million , $476.9 million , and $(1.7) billion for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The Company’s 2013 results reflected an increase in provision for loan losses resulting from loan growth.  During 2013, the Company also experienced lower net interest income as a result of lower earning asset yields brought about from an extended period of historically low interest rates and subsequently lower yielding reinvestment opportunities.  The 2011 net loss included a $2.0 billion goodwill impairment charge.


48


---

Table of Contents


Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin


Net interest income is the principal component of the Company’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates as well as changes in the volume and mix of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities can impact net interest income.  The following discussion of net interest income is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, unless otherwise noted, to facilitate performance comparisons among various taxable and tax-exempt assets.


2013 compared to 2012


Net interest income totaled $2.0 billion in 2013 compared to $2.2 billion in 2012 .  The decrease in net interest income was driven by lower yields on earning assets, particularly loans and investment securities available for sale, as well as higher funding costs primarily associated with interest bearing deposits and FHLB and other borrowings.


Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis totaled $2.1 billion in 2013 compared with $2.3 billion in 2012 .  Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis decreased 8% in 2013 compared to 2012 .  The decrease in net interest income was primarily driven by lower interest earning asset yields, which decreased 62 basis points compared to 2012 .


Net interest margin was 3.62% in 2013 compared to 4.23% in 2012 . The decline in net interest margin primarily reflects the runoff of higher yielding covered loans and lower yields on new loans.


The fully taxable equivalent yield for 2013 for the loan portfolio was 4.48% compared to 5.14% for the prior year.  The yield on non-covered loans for 2013 was 3.88% compared to 4.21% for 2012 .  The 33 basis point decrease was primarily due to a higher volume of new loans originated at lower rates.  The yield on covered loans for 2013 was 34.01% compared to 28.93% for 2012 .  The increase was primarily due to a lower average covered loan balance and increased cash flow estimates on covered loans resulting from improved loss expectations.


The fully taxable equivalent yield on the total investment securities portfolio was 2.29% for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to 2.79% for the prior year.  The decrease of 50 basis points was primarily due to lower yields on investment securities purchased during the period.


The average rate paid on interest bearing deposits was 0.56% for both 2013 and 2012 .


The average rate on FHLB and other borrowings during 2013 was 1.55% compared to 1.47% for the prior year.  This increase was primarily due to higher rates paid on FHLB advances that were modified to extend the maturity of the advances in the second quarter of 2012.


2012 compared to 2011


Net interest income totaled $2.2 billion in 2012 compared with $2.3 billion in 2011 . Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis totaled $2.3 billion in 2012 , a 3.7% decrease compared with $2.4 billion in 2011 .  The decrease in net interest income and net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis was primarily driven by lower interest earning asset yields, which decreased 57 basis points compared to 2011 .


Net interest margin was 4.23% in 2012 compared to 4.73% in 2011 . The decline in net interest margin primarily reflects the runoff of higher yielding covered loans and lower yields on new loans, partially offset by a decrease in rates paid on interest bearing liabilities.


The fully taxable equivalent yield for 2012 for the loan portfolio was 5.14% compared to 5.75% for the prior year.  The fully taxable equivalent yield for the year ended December 31, 2012 for non-covered loans was 4.21% compared to 4.54% for the prior year.  The 33 basis point decrease was primarily due to a higher volume of new loans originated at lower rates.  The annualized yield for the year ended December 31, 2012 for covered loans was 28.93% compared to 20.08% for the prior year. The increase was primarily due to a lower average covered loan balance and increased cash flow estimates on covered loans resulting from improved loss expectations.


49


---

Table of Contents


The fully taxable equivalent yield on the total investment securities portfolio was 2.79% for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to 3.23% for the prior year.  The decrease is primarily due to a higher volume of lower yielding investment securities available for sale.


The average rate paid on interest bearing deposits decreased to 0.56% during 2012 from 0.66% during 2011 .  This improvement was a result of lower rates on certificates and other time deposits.


The average rate on FHLB and other borrowings during 2012 was 1.47% , a decrease of 31 basis points compared to the prior year.  This reduction was primarily due to the replacement of higher cost FHLB advances with lower cost FHLB advances during 2012 .


50


---

Table of Contents


The following tables set forth the major components of net interest income and the related annualized yields and rates for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , as well as the variances between the periods caused by changes in interest rates versus changes in volumes.


Table 3Consolidated Average Balance and Yield/ Rate AnalysisDecember 31, 2013December 31, 2012December 31, 2011Average BalanceIncome/ExpenseYield/ RateAverage BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/RateAverage BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(Dollars in Thousands)Assets:Interest earning assets:Non-covered loans$47,004,185$1,824,7473.88%$42,456,284$1,787,1584.21%$37,812,643$1,715,8024.54%Covered loans955,664324,98434.011,662,272480,91928.933,186,139639,64420.08Total loans (1) (2) (3)47,959,8492,149,7314.4844,118,5562,268,0775.1440,998,7822,355,4465.75Investment securities – AFS (tax exempt) (3)467,36120,9944.49266,04615,7555.92303,52218,1725.99Investment securities – AFS (taxable)7,994,863164,6302.067,868,648210,0842.677,305,578231,0233.16Total investment securities – AFS8,462,224185,6242.198,134,694225,8392.787,609,100249,1953.27Investment securities – HTM (tax exempt) (3)1,195,73836,7673.071,006,81832,7123.25791,74124,9563.15Investment securities – HTM (taxable)344,2076,7001.95409,3848,1161.98472,39312,8072.71Total investment securities - HTM1,539,94543,4672.821,416,20240,8282.881,264,13437,7632.99Trading account securities (3)108,0372,9792.7677,9622,3993.0837,9411,4603.85Other (4)29,3261920.6519,5182301.1828,7611490.52Total earning assets58,099,3812,381,9934.1053,766,9322,537,3734.7249,938,7182,644,0135.29Noninterest earning assets:Cash and due from banks4,094,4033,919,1562,919,956Allowance for loan losses(752,801)(964,101)(1,112,845)Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale98,432241,651187,514Other noninterest earning assets8,770,2229,505,17711,801,134Total assets$70,309,637$66,468,815$63,734,477Liabilities:Interest bearing liabilities:Interest bearing demand deposits$6,824,45011,3770.17$6,324,50010,1920.16$6,333,2789,4890.15Savings and money market accounts19,137,53971,8600.3816,918,63367,9910.4015,322,55059,4240.39Certificates and other time deposits11,886,386128,6001.0811,340,316114,1761.0111,519,132149,7951.30Foreign office deposits118,6442630.22112,1762850.2598,7432490.25Total interest bearing deposits37,967,019212,1000.5634,695,625192,6440.5633,273,703218,9570.66FHLB and other borrowings4,269,52166,2751.554,478,13666,0141.473,249,70957,8921.78Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase979,7592,0820.211,226,3012,7830.231,657,8493,8280.23Other short-term borrowings12,7391180.9315,6181130.7251,226480.09Total interest bearing liabilities43,229,038280,5750.6540,415,680261,5540.6538,232,487280,7250.73Noninterest bearing deposits14,586,72513,854,15512,242,362Other noninterest bearing liabilities1,156,4861,292,857994,306Total liabilities58,972,24955,562,69251,469,155Shareholder’s equity11,337,38810,906,12312,265,322Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity$70,309,637$66,468,815$63,734,477Net interest income/net interest spread$2,101,4183.45%$2,275,8194.07%$2,363,2884.56%Net interest margin3.62%4.23%4.73%Taxable equivalent adjustment$58,737$45,837$34,239Net interest income$2,042,681$2,229,982$2,329,049


|    |                                                        
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Loans include loans held for sale and nonaccrual loans.

|    |                                                                  
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Interest income includes loan fees for rate calculation purposes.

|    |                                                                                                                 
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Yields are stated on a fully taxable equivalent basis assuming the tax rate in effect for each period presented.

|    |                                                                                                                                   
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(4) | Includes federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell, interest bearing deposits, and other earning assets.

51


---

Table of Contents








Table 4Volume and Yield/ Rate Variances (1)2013 compared to 20122012 compared to 2011Change due toChange due toVolumeYield/RateTotalVolumeYield/RateTotal(Dollars in Thousands, yields on a fully taxable equivalent basis)Interest income on:Non-covered loans$182,815$(145,226)$37,589$201,120$(129,764)$71,356Covered loans(229,816)73,881(155,935)(376,131)217,406(158,725)Total loans(47,001)(71,345)(118,346)(175,011)87,642(87,369)Total investment securities available for sale11,122(51,337)(40,215)18,303(41,659)(23,356)Total investment securities held to maturity4,406(1,767)2,6395,411(2,346)3,065Trading account securities849(269)5801,281(342)939Other (2)88(126)(38)(60)14181Total earning assets$(30,536)$(124,844)$(155,380)$(150,076)$43,436$(106,640)Interest expense on:Interest bearing demand deposits$825$360$1,185$(13)$716$703Savings and money market accounts7,746(3,877)3,8696,3562,2118,567Certificates and other time deposits5,6568,76814,424(2,750)(32,869)(35,619)Foreign office deposits18(40)(22)34236Total interest bearing deposits14,2455,21119,4563,627(29,940)(26,313)FHLB and other borrowings(1,893)2,15426114,940(6,818)8,122Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase(533)(168)(701)(980)(65)(1,045)Other short-term borrowings(10)155(7)7265Total interest bearing liabilities11,8097,21219,02117,580(36,751)(19,171)Increase (decrease) in net interest income$(42,345)$(132,056)$(174,401)$(167,656)$80,187$(87,469)


|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | The change in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate is allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to their relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

|    |                                                                                                                                  
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Includes federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreement to resell, interest bearing deposits, and other earning assets.

Provision for Loan Losses


The provision for loan losses is the charge to earnings that management determines to be necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a sufficient level reflecting management's estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio.


2013 compared to 2012


In 2013 , the Company recorded $107.5 million of provision for loan losses compared to $29.5 million of provision for loan losses for 2012 .  Excluding covered loans, provision for loan losses for 2013 was $124.2 million compared to $60.1 million for 2012 .  The increase in the provision for loan losses during 2013 was primarily attributable to loan growth during 2013 in the commercial, financial and agricultural, residential real estate, and consumer portfolios.  Offsetting the increase attributable to loan growth was improving credit quality in the real estate-construction and commercial real estate- mortgage portfolios.  The Company recorded net charge-offs of $209.7 million during 2013 compared to $278.4 million during 2012 .  Net charge-offs were 0.44% of average loans for 2013 compared to 0.63% of average loans for 2012 .


2012 compared to 2011


In 2012 , the Company recorded $29.5 million of provision for loan losses compared to $428.6 million of provision for loan losses for 2011 .  Excluding covered loans, provision for loan losses for 2012 was $60.1 million compared to


52


---

Table of Contents


$416.6 million for 2011 .  The decrease in the provision for loan losses during 2012 was primarily due to improving credit trends, particularly in the real estate - construction and commercial real estate - mortgage portfolios.  The Company recorded net charge-offs of $278.4 million during 2012 compared to $485.9 million during 2011 .  Net charge-offs were 0.63% of average loans for 2012 compared to 1.19% of average loans for 2011 .


For further discussion and analysis of the allowance for loan losses, refer to the discussion of lending activities found later in this section.  Also, refer to Note 4 , Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures.


Noninterest Income


Noninterest income consists of revenues generated from a broad range of  financial services and activities, including fee-based services, profits and  commissions earned through securities and insurance sales and corporate and correspondent investment sales.  In addition, gains and losses realized from the sale of investment  portfolio securities and gains on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings are included in noninterest income.


The following table provides a breakdown of noninterest income.


Table 5Noninterest IncomeYears Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Service charges on deposit accounts$221,413$254,675$250,332Card and merchant processing fees102,189101,540153,804Retail investment sales97,27697,504108,767Asset management fees40,93937,84839,160Corporate and correspondent investment sales35,67438,0143,126Mortgage banking income35,39950,75913,958Bank owned life insurance17,74720,33521,115Insurance commissions7539,46927,367Investment securities gains, net31,37112,83250,078Gain on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings21,77538,3595,351Other250,254188,713180,155Total noninterest income$854,790$850,048$853,213


2013 compared to 2012


Noninterest income was $854.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , which increased slightly from the $850.0 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  The increase in total noninterest income was due primarily to an increase in investment securities gains and other noninterest income which were partially offset by decreases in service charges on deposit accounts, mortgage banking income, bank owned life insurance, insurance commissions and gain on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings.


Service charges on deposit accounts were $221.4 million in 2013 , compared to $254.7 million in 2012 .  Service charges on deposit accounts represent the Company's largest category of noninterest revenue. The decrease in service charges on deposit accounts was due to a declining number of demand deposit accounts, customers maintaining higher balances resulting in fewer fees, and modified customer behavior to avoid fees.


Card and merchant processing fees represent income related to customers’ utilization of their debit cards, as well as interchange income and merchants’ discounts.  Card and merchant processing fees were $102.2 million in 2013 , a slight increase of $649 thousand , compared to 2012 .


Retail investment sales income is primarily comprised of mutual fund and annuity sales income.  Income from retail investment sales was $97.3 million in 2013 , relatively unchanged from the $97.5 million in 2012 .


53


---

Table of Contents


Corporate and correspondent investment sales represents income generated through the sales of interest rate protection contracts to corporate customers and the sale of bonds and other services to the Company's correspondent banking clients.  Income from corporate and correspondent investment sales decreased slightly to $35.7 million in 2013 from $38.0 million in 2012 .


Mortgage banking income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $35.4 million compared to $50.8 million in 2012 .  Mortgage banking income in 2013 included $48.3 million of origination fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans as well as losses of $12.8 million related to fair value adjustments on mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage related derivatives and MSRs.  Mortgage banking income in 2012 included $43.8 million of origination fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans and income of $8.1 million related to fair value adjustments on mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage related derivatives and MSRs.  The decrease in mortgage banking income in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily driven by compressed margins in 2013 relative to 2012 due to declines in refinancing activity caused by an increase in interest rates on mortgages.  Offsetting the impact of the compressed margins in 2013 was an increase in mortgage production volume, which increased approximately 4.3% compared to 2012 .





BOLI represents income generated by the underlying investments maintained within each of the Company’s life insurance policies on certain key executives and employees. BOLI income decreased by $2.6 million in 2013 compared $20.3 million in 2012 . The decrease was attributable to a decline in crediting rates on certain policies held by the Company.


Insurance commissions decreased to $753 thousand in 2013 compared to $9.5 million in 2012 due to the sale of the commercial property and casualty insurance agency business unit during April 2012 .  Refer to Note 2 , Acquisition and Disposition Activities , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures.


Investment securities gains, net increased to $31.4 million in 2013 compared to $12.8 million in 2012 .  During 2013 , the Company sold $1.1 billion of available for sale securities compared to $541 million during 2012 .  Higher securities gains during 2013 were attributable to the higher volumes of securities sales.


The Company recognized a gain of $21.8 million in 2013 related primarily to the partial extinguishment of the Company’s subordinated debentures.  Refer to Note 11 , FHLB and Other Borrowings , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures related to the partial extinguishment.


Other income is comprised of income recognized that does not typically fit into one of the other noninterest income categories and includes primarily various fees associated with letters of credit, syndication, ATMs, investment services and foreign exchange fees.  The gain (loss) associated with the sale of fixed assets and gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO is also included in other income.  For the year ended December 31, 2013 , other income increased by $61.5 million principally from the change in net gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO, which increased $29.3 million due to stabilizing real estate values. Other miscellaneous fees increased $16 million along with an increase of $7.4 million in credit fee income.


2012 compared to 2011


Noninterest income was $850.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , which remained relatively unchanged from the $853.2 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2011 .  The slight decline in total noninterest income was due primarily to a decrease in card and merchant processing fees, insurance commissions, and investment securities gains which were partially offset by increases in corporate and correspondent investment sales, mortgage banking income, and gain on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings.


Service charges on deposit accounts were $254.7 million in 2012 , compared to $250.3 million in 2011 .  Service charges on deposit accounts represented the Company's largest category of noninterest revenue.


Card and merchant processing fees represent income related to customers’ utilization of their debit cards, as well as interchange income and merchants’ discounts.  Card and merchant processing fees were $101.5 million in 2012 , representing a decline of $52.3 million compared to 2011 .  The decline in card and merchant processing fees was primarily due to the impact of the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act which was implemented on October 1, 2011 and limited the fees banks could charge on debit cards.


54


---

Table of Contents


Retail investment sales income is primarily comprised of mutual fund and annuity sales income.  Income from retail investment sales decreased to $97.5 million in 2012 from $108.8 million in 2011 .  The decrease was driven by a decrease in annuity sales fees during 2012 which was partially offset by an increase in mutual fund fees.


Mortgage banking income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $50.8 million compared to $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Mortgage banking income for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $43.8 million of origination fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans, an increase of $29.5 million compared to 2011 .  The increase in origination fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans was driven by a 101% increase in mortgage production during 2012 , due to an increase in refinance activity as well as an increase in sale margins.  Mortgage banking income for the year ended December 31, 2012 also included approximately $8.1 million in income related to fair value adjustments related to mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage related derivatives and MSRs, compared to $5.6 million during 2011 .


Corporate and correspondent investment sales represents income generated through the sales of interest rate protection contracts to corporate customers and the sale of bonds and other services to the Company's correspondent banking clients.  Income from corporate and correspondent investment sales increased to $38.0 million in 2012 from $3.1 million in 2011 . This increase was attributable to increases in swap and bond sales due to increased activity during the year 2012 compared to 2011 .


Insurance commissions decreased to $9.5 million in 2012 compared to $27.4 million in 2011 due to the sale of the commercial property and casualty insurance agency business unit in April 2012.  Refer to Note 2 , Acquisition and Disposition Activities , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures related to such sale.


Investment securities gains, net decreased to $12.8 million in 2012 compared to $50.1 million in 2011 .  During 2012 , the Company sold $541 million of available for sale securities compared to $968 million during 2011 .


The Company recognized a gain of $38.4 million in 2012 related to the partial extinguishment of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debentures.  Refer to Note 11 , FHLB and Other Borrowings , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures related to the partial extinguishment.


Other income is comprised of income recognized that does not typically fit into one of the other noninterest income categories and includes primarily various fees associated with letters of credit, syndication, ATMs, investment services and foreign exchange fees.  The gain (loss) associated with the sale of fixed assets and gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO is also included in other income.  For the year ended December 31, 2012 , other income increased principally from an increase of $8.3 million in net gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO due to stabilizing real estate values compared to the same period in 2011 .


55


---

Table of Contents


Noninterest Expense


The following table provides a breakdown of noninterest expense.


Table 6Noninterest ExpenseYears Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Salaries, benefits and commissions$1,005,244$1,003,010$1,005,276FDIC indemnification expense267,159372,496358,486Equipment208,059173,459151,225Professional services191,402176,266163,768Net occupancy157,737153,429153,703Amortization of intangibles60,69191,746108,336FDIC insurance41,42186,925121,145Marketing37,35228,23330,253Communications25,96530,34931,876Goodwill impairment——2,003,800Total securities impairment3,8649873,546Other200,281234,947261,404Total noninterest expense$2,199,175$2,351,847$4,392,818


2013 compared to 2012


Noninterest expense was $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 , a decrease of $152.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 .  The decline in total noninterest expense for 2013 is attributable to a decrease in FDIC indemnification expense, amortization of intangibles, FDIC insurance, communications and other noninterest expenses which were partially offset by increases in professional services fees, equipment, marketing and total securities impairment.


Salaries, benefits and commissions expense is comprised of salaries and wages in addition to pension and other employee benefit costs and represents the largest components of noninterest expense.  Salaries, benefits and commissions expense was $1.0 billion in 2013 , relatively unchanged from 2012 .


FDIC indemnification expense, which represents the amortization of changes in the FDIC indemnification asset stemming from changes in credit expectations of covered loans, was $267.2 million in 2013 compared to $372.5 million in 2012 .  The decrease in 2013 was driven by changes in credit quality of the covered loan portfolio as well as changes in the expected cash flows of covered loans.  Refer to Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.


Equipment expense increased by $34.6 million in 2013 due primarily to increases in software amortization of approximately $26.5 million and hardware depreciation of $5.1 million related to the Company's implementation of a new core banking platform as well as several other IT projects implemented during 2013 .


Professional services expense represents fees incurred for the various support functions, which includes legal, consulting, outsourcing and other professional related fees.  Professional services expense increased by $15.1 million in 2013 to $191.4 million compared to 2012 .


Amortization expense decreased by $31.1 million in 2013 due to a lower level of intangible assets in 2013 compared to 2012 .


56


---

Table of Contents


FDIC insurance decreased by $45.5 million in 2013 as a result of revisions to the FDIC's guidance for calculating the assessment and also due to improvements in the earnings, credit quality and liquidity factors used to calculate the assessment.


Marketing expense increased by $9.1 million in 2013 , primarily due to an increase in advertising expense during 2013 .


Other noninterest expense represents postage, supplies, subscriptions, provision for unfunded commitments and OREO expenses.  Other noninterest expense decreased in 2013 to $200.3 million compared to $234.9 million in 2012 due in part to an overall decrease in expenses related to OREO which decreased by $9.4 million . In addition, the provision for unfunded commitments decreased by $33.9 million due to the improvement in credit quality.


2012 compared to 2011


Noninterest expense was $2.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 , a decrease of $2.0 billion compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 .  The decline in total noninterest expense for 2012 is attributable to a goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2011 .


Salaries, benefits and commissions expense is comprised of salaries and wages in addition to pension and other employee benefit costs and represents the largest components of noninterest expense.  Salaries, benefits and commissions expense was $1.0 billion in 2012 , relatively unchanged from 2011 .


FDIC indemnification expense, which represents the amortization of changes in the FDIC indemnification asset stemming from changes in credit expectations of covered loans, was $372.5 million in 2012 compared to $358.5 million in 2011 .  The increase in 2012 was due to continued improvements in the credit quality or cash flows of the loans acquired.  Refer to Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.


Professional services expense represents fees incurred for the various support functions, which includes legal, consulting, outsourcing and other professional related fees.  Professional services expense increased by $12.5 million in 2012 to $176.3 million compared to 2011 .  The increase in professional services expense was driven by increases of approximately $27.2 million related to consulting, outsourcing and contractor services during 2012 and was partially offset by decreases of approximately $9.2 million related to temporary help and recruiting.


Equipment expense increased by $22.2 million in 2012 which was driven by an increase in software amortization related to several IT projects implemented during 2012 .


FDIC insurance decreased by $34.2 million in 2012 as a result of improvements in the earnings, credit quality and liquidity factors used to calculate the assessment.


The Company evaluates on an annual basis potential impairment of goodwill.  The 2011 annual test indicated a goodwill impairment of $810.5 million within the Retail Banking reporting unit, $640.1 million within the Commercial Banking reporting unit, $285.8 million within the former Wealth Management reporting unit, $249.4 million within the Corporate and Investment Banking reporting unit and $18.0 million within the Insurance reporting unit.  Accordingly, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $2.0 billion in 2011.  Economic and industry conditions, volatility in the market capitalization of U.S. banks, and management's downward revisions to projections resulted in the fair value of the Company's then identified reporting units (Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Wealth Management, Corporate and Investment Banking, and Insurance) being less than the reporting units respective carrying values.  Step two of the Company's 2011 goodwill impairment test resulted in  goodwill impairment of $2.0 billion within all of its then identified reporting units, including:  Retail Banking – $810.5 million, Commercial Banking – $640.1 million, Wealth Management – $285.8 million, Corporate and Investment Banking - $249.4 million and Insurance – $18.0 million.  The goodwill impairment charge is a non-cash item which does not have an adverse impact on regulatory capital or liquidity.  Refer to "Critical Accounting Policies" in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 8, Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.


57


---

Table of Contents


Other expenses represent postage, supplies, subscriptions, credit related costs and OREO expenses.  Other expenses decreased in 2012 to $234.9 million compared to $261.4 million in 2011 due in part to an overall decrease in expenses related to OREO which decreased by $15.9 million in 2012 compared to 2011 .


Income Tax Expense


The Company’s income tax expense totaled $170.8 million , $219.7 million and $98.2 million for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.  The effective tax rate was 28.9% , 31.4% , and (6.0)% for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Income tax expense in 2013 decreased from 2012 due to the decrease in net income (loss) before income tax expense as compared to 2012 .  Income tax expense in 2012 increased from 2011 due to the increase in net income (loss) before income tax expense as compared to 2011 .  Refer to Note 19 , Income Taxes , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate and a discussion of uncertain tax positions and other tax matters.


Business Segment Results


The Company's operations are divided into five reportable business segments.  Refer to Note 23 , Segment Information , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements herein for additional disclosures related to the Company's operating segments, the internal accounting and reporting practices used to manage these segments and financial disclosures for these segments.


Fluctuations in noninterest income and noninterest expense incurred directly by the segments are more fully discussed in the "Noninterest Income" and "Noninterest Expense" sections above.


2013 compared to 2012


Wealth and Retail Banking


Wealth and Retail Banking reported net income of $162.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to net income of $149.0 million for the same period in 2012 . The increase in net income was due to higher net interest income and lower allocated provision for loan losses, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income and higher noninterest expense.


Net interest income was $1.1 billion , an increase of $50.6 million compared to the same period in 2012 . The increase was driven by higher average loans, partially offset by higher average deposit balances and the impact of smaller loan spreads.


Allocated provision for loan losses was $117.9 million , a decrease of $16.3 million , compared to the same period in 2012 . The decrease was primarily driven by improving credit trends offset by loan growth.


Total noninterest income was $552.7 million , a decrease of $16.2 million , compared to the same period in 2012 . The decrease was primarily driven by the decrease in service charges on deposit accounts.


Total noninterest expense was $1.3 billion , an increase of $29.6 million , compared to the same period in 2012 . The increase was primarily driven by corporate overhead allocations.


Commercial Banking


Commercial Banking reported net income of $451.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , an increase of $2.3 million compared to the same period in 2012 . The increase in net income was due to higher noninterest income  as well as lower noninterest expense partially offset by lower allocated benefit for loan losses and lower net interest income.


Net interest income was $963.2 million , a decrease of $2.3 million compared to the same period in 2012 . The decrease was driven by the impact of lower loan spreads and higher deposit balances offset by higher average loan balances.


Allocated benefit for loan losses was $32.5 million compared to allocated benefit for loan losses of $114.0 million for the same period in 2012 . The decrease was primarily attributable to loan growth.


58


---

Table of Contents


Total noninterest income was  $185.8 million , an increase of  $52.7 million  compared to the same period in  2012 . The increase was driven by higher net gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO due to stabilizing real estate values compared to 2012 .


Total noninterest expense was  $462.4 million , a decrease of  $34.8 million  compared to the same period in  2012 . The decrease was primarily driven by corporate overhead allocations and a decrease in FDIC insurance.


Corporate and Investment Banking


Corporate and Investment Banking reported net income of $40.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , an increase of $4.0 million compared to the same period in 2012 . The increase in net income was due to higher net interest income, higher noninterest income and lower noninterest expense, partially offset by higher allocated provision for loan losses.


Net interest income was $65.6 million , an increase of $8.6 million compared to the same period in 2012 . The increase was driven by higher average loan balances offset by higher average deposit balances.


Allocated provision for loan losses was $5.5 million , a decrease of $167 thousand compared to the same period in 2012 . The decrease was primarily driven by improvements in credit quality.


Total noninterest income was  $128.9 million , an increase of  $18.7 million , compared to the same period in  2012 . The increase was primarily driven by higher investment banking and advisory fees in the current period compared to 2012.


Total noninterest expense was $124.4 million , an increase of $21.2 million compared to the same period in 2012 . The increase was driven primarily by higher salaries and benefits and professional services.


Treasury


Treasury reported net income of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to net income of $39.7 million in the same period in 2012 . The decrease in net income was due to lower net interest income and lower noninterest income, partially offset by lower noninterest expense.


Net interest expense was $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to net interest income of $4.6 million in the same period in 2012 . The decrease in net interest income is primarily due to a decrease in interest income on securities due to lower reinvestment yields on maturing securities within investment securities available for sale.


Total noninterest income was  $76.7 million , relatively unchanged compared to the same period in  2012 .


Total noninterest expense was $17.7 million , a decrease of $861 thousand compared to the same period in 2012 . The decrease was driven by corporate overhead allocations in addition to lower FDIC insurance expense.


Corporate Support and Other


Corporate Support and Other includes activities that are not directly attributable to the operating segments, for example, the activities of the Parent and corporate support functions that are not directly attributable to a strategic business segment.  Corporate Support and Other also includes activities associated with assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank acquired by the Company in 2009 and the related FDIC indemnification asset.


For the year ended December 31, 2013 , noninterest expense was $302.7 million compared to $470.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily comprised of $267.2 million of FDIC indemnification expense.  The remaining noninterest expense of $35.5 million related to salaries and benefits expense, net occupancy expense, amortization of intangibles, and other miscellaneous expense.  Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily comprised of $372.5 million of FDIC indemnification expense.  The remaining noninterest expense of $98.0 million related to amortization of intangibles, salaries and benefits expense, net occupancy expense, and other miscellaneous expenses.


59


---

Table of Contents


2012 compared to 2011


Wealth and Retail Banking


Wealth and Retail Banking reported net income of $149.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to net income of $72.5 million for the same period in 2011 . The increase in net income was due to higher net interest income and lower allocated provision for loan losses, partially offset by a decrease in noninterest income and higher noninterest expense.


Net interest income was $1.1 billion , an increase of $54.1 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase was driven by higher average loans, partially offset by higher average deposit balances and the impact of smaller loan spreads.


Allocated provision for loan losses was $134.2 million , a decrease of $113.5 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The decrease was primarily driven by improving credit trends within the Company's retail portfolio.


Total noninterest income was $568.9 million , a decrease of $22.3 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The decrease was primarily driven by lower card and merchant processing fees and retail investment sales.


Total noninterest expense was $1.3 billion , an increase of $23.3 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase was primarily driven by corporate overhead allocations.


Commercial Banking


Commercial Banking reported net income of $448.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , an increase of $237.6 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase in net income was due to higher net interest income and noninterest income as well as lower allocated provision for loan losses partially offset by higher noninterest expense.


Net interest income was $965.5 million , an increase of $67.1 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase was driven by higher average loan balances offset by the impact of lower loan spreads.


Allocated benefit for loan losses was $114.0 million compared to allocated provision for loan losses of $167.3 million for the same period in 2011 . The decrease was driven by credit quality improvements in the real estate - construction and commercial - real estate mortgage portfolios.


Total noninterest income was  $133.1 million , an increase of  $38.5 million  compared to the same period in  2011 . The increase was driven by higher net gains and losses on the sales and write downs of OREO due to stabilizing real estate values compared to 2011 .


Total noninterest expense was  $497.2 million , an increase of  $8.2 million  compared to the same period in  2011 . The increase was primarily driven by corporate overhead allocations and an increase in salaries and benefits.


Corporate and Investment Banking


Corporate and Investment Banking reported net income of $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , an increase of $11.0 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase in net income was due to higher net interest income, higher noninterest income and lower noninterest expense, partially offset by higher allocated provision for loan losses.


Net interest income was $57.0 million , an increase of $4.9 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase was driven by higher average loan balances offset by higher average deposit balances.


Allocated provision for loan losses was $5.6 million , an increase of $3.3 million compared to the same period in 2011. The increase was primarily driven by loan growth in the current period compared to 2011 .


Total noninterest income was  $110.2 million , a n increase of $1.8 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase was driven by higher referral income and partnership income.


Total noninterest expense was $103.2 million , a decrease of $14.0 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The decrease was driven primarily by corporate overhead allocations.


60


---

Table of Contents


Treasury


Treasury reported net income of $39.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , a decrease of $20.6 million compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in net income was due to lower net interest income, partially offset by higher noninterest income and lower noninterest expense.


Net interest income was $4.6 million , a decrease of $38.4 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The decrease in net interest income is primarily due to a decrease in interest income on securities due to lower reinvestment yields on maturing securities within investment securities available for sale.


Total noninterest income was  $77.1 million , an incre ase of $1.6 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The increase was driven by higher corporate and correspondent investment sales.


Total noninterest expense was $18.5 million , a decrease of $3.9 million compared to the same period in 2011 . The decrease was driven by corporate overhead allocations in addition to lower securities impairment charges.


Corporate Support and Other


Corporate Support and Other includes activities that are not directly attributable to the operating segments, for example, the activities of the Parent and corporate support functions that are not directly attributable to a strategic business segment.  Corporate Support and Other also includes activities associated with assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank acquired by the Company in 2009 and the related FDIC indemnification asset.


For the year ended December 31, 2012 , noninterest expense was $470.5 million compared to $2.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily comprised of $372.5 million of FDIC indemnification expense.  The remaining noninterest expense of $98.0 million related to salaries and benefits expense, net occupancy expense, amortization of intangibles, and other miscellaneous expense.  Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily comprised of $358.5 million of FDIC indemnification expense and a $2.0 billion impairment charge to goodwill.  Economic and industry conditions, volatility in the market capitalization of U.S. banks, and management's downward revisions to projections contributed to the goodwill impairment charge. The remaining noninterest expense of $141.5 million related to amortization of intangibles, salaries and benefits expense, net occupancy expense, and other miscellaneous expenses.


Analysis of Financial Condition


A review of the Company’s major balance sheet categories is presented below.


Investment Securities


The composition of the Company’s investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s investment strategy of maximizing portfolio yields commensurate with risk and liquidity considerations. The primary objectives of the Company’s investment strategy are to maintain an appropriate level of liquidity and provide a tool to assist in controlling the Company’s interest rate sensitivity position while at the same time producing adequate levels of interest income. The Company’s investment securities are classified into one of three categories based upon management’s intent to hold the investment securities: (i) investment securities available for sale, (ii) investment securities held to maturity or (iii) trading account assets and liabilities.


For additional financial information regarding the Company’s investment securities, see Note 3 , Investment Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities Held to Maturity , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


61


---

Table of Contents


The following table reflects the carrying amount of the investment securities portfolio at the end of each of the last three years.


Table 7Composition of Investment Securities PortfolioDecember 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Investment securities available for sale (at fair value):Debt securities:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$260,937$96,125$122,296Agency mortgage-backed securities5,233,7915,199,5134,752,943Agency collateralized mortgage obligations1,756,3981,722,8252,164,532States and political subdivisions509,436341,897303,827Other40,333130,222122,275Equity securities (1)512,190497,848557,808Total securities available for sale$8,313,085$7,988,430$8,023,681Investment securities held to maturity (at amortized cost):Collateralized mortgage obligations$145,989$185,684$231,256Asset-backed securities67,59087,503106,783States and political subdivisions (2)1,225,9771,151,742886,807Other79,64083,00080,327Total securities held to maturity$1,519,196$1,507,929$1,305,173Total investment securities$9,832,281$9,496,359$9,328,854


|    |                                                                                                                                                 
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Includes$512 million,$498 millionand$558 millionatDecember 31, 2013,2012and2011, respectively, of FHLB and Federal Reserve stock carried at par.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                                        
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Represents private placement transactions underwritten as loans but meeting the definition of a security within ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities at origination.

As of December 31, 2013 , the securities portfolio included $8.3 billion in available for sale securities and $1.5 billion in held to maturity securities.  Approximately 77% of the total securities portfolio was backed by government agencies or government-sponsored entities.


During 2013 , the Company sold $1.1 billion of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations classified as available for sale which resulted in net gains of $31.4 million .  Mortgage-backed securities issued by government-sponsored entities represented 71% of the total securities portfolio at December 31, 2013 .  All of the mortgage-backed securities issued by government-sponsored entities were “AAA” rated, the highest rating possible by nationally recognized rating agencies.


The Company recognized $3.9 million in OTTI charges in 2013 compared to $987 thousand and $3.5 million in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  While all securities are reviewed by the Company for OTTI, the securities primarily impacted by credit impairment are non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities.  Refer to Note 3 , Investment Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities Held to Maturity , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.


62


---

Table of Contents


The maturities and weighted average yields of the investment securities available for sale and the investment securities held to maturity portfolios at December 31, 2013 are presented in the following table.  Maturity data is calculated based on the next re-pricing date for securities with variable rates and remaining contractual maturity for securities with fixed rates.  For other mortgage-backed securities excluding pass-through securities, the maturity was calculated using weighted average life.  Taxable equivalent adjustments, using a 35 percent tax rate, have been made in calculating yields on tax-exempt obligations.


Table 8Investment Securities Maturity ScheduleMaturingWithin One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within Ten YearsAfter Ten YearsAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield(Dollars in Thousands)Investment securities available for sale (at fair value):U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$3,6732.98%$25,4833.21%$15,2392.06%$216,5431.06%Mortgage-backed securities5,1342.61211,0272.92103,9492.004,913,6811.25Collateralized mortgage obligations——4,9563.76104,3322.151,647,1101.50States and political subdivisions7,9365.95125,6116.14156,2754.90219,6144.35Other (1)503.67————40,2820.01Equity securities——————512,1900.03Total$16,7934.31%$367,0774.05%$379,7952.65%$7,549,4201.17%Investment securities held to maturity (at amortized cost):Collateralized mortgage obligations$——%$3,5323.63%$5,6883.76%$136,7691.58%Asset-backed securities5760.39————67,0130.34States and political subdivisions955.57310,6631.62278,5881.86636,6322.16Other——————79,6400.59Total$6715.57%$314,1951.60%$284,2761.96%$920,0541.70%Total securities$17,464$681,272$664,071$8,469,474


|    |                                                                         
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Equity securities are included in the maturing after ten years category.

Trading Account Assets and Liabilities


Securities carried in the Company’s trading account portfolio are primarily held for sale to institutional customers for their investment portfolios and generally are sold within 30 days of purchase.  Interest rate floors, caps and swaps are sold to customers as protection against interest rate fluctuation and used as economic hedges for the Company.  To mitigate the interest rate risk associated with the customer derivative contracts, the Company enters into offsetting derivative contract positions.  The Company manages its credit risk of default by its corporate customers through credit limit approval and monitoring procedures.  Both the derivative contracts entered into with the Company’s customers and the offsetting derivative positions are recorded at their estimated fair value.  Market value changes on these derivative instruments are recognized in noninterest income in the period of change.  The volume of activity is directly related to general market conditions and reactions to the changes in the interest rate environment.


The balance in the trading account assets portfolio decreased 41% from $546 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $320 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 .  The balance in the trading account assets portfolio decreased 11% from $612 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $546 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .


The balance in the trading account liabilities portfolio decreased 50% to $229 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , following an increase of 19% to $461 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .


63


---

Table of Contents


The following table details the composition of the Company’s trading account assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


Table 9Trading Account Assets and LiabilitiesDecember 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Trading account assets:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$24,655$17,114$501Mortgage-backed securities1,2854,0292,632State and political subdivisions2,1603,7442,411Other equity securities2——Interest rate contracts262,578431,765439,474Commodity contracts23,13280,004162,403Foreign exchange contracts4,4503,519789Other trading assets1,6685,6053,308Total trading account assets$319,930$545,780$611,518Trading account liabilities:Mortgage-backed securities$5,568$3,763$2,603Interest rate contracts200,899377,655397,122Commodity contracts18,37375,842166,024Foreign exchange contracts3,8943,414786Other trading liabilities23——Total trading account liabilities$228,757$460,674$566,535


Lending Activities


Average loans and loans held for sale, net of unearned income, represented 82.5% of average interest-earnings assets at December 31, 2013 , compared to 82.1% at December 31, 2012 .  The Company groups its loans into portfolio segments based on internal classifications reflecting the manner in which the allowance for loan losses is established and how credit risk is measured, monitored and reported.  Commercial loans are comprised of commercial, financial and agricultural, real estate-construction, and commercial real estate–mortgage loans.  Consumer loans are comprised of residential real-estate mortgage, equity lines of credit, equity loans, credit cards, consumer-direct and consumer-indirect loans.  The Company also has a portfolio of covered loans that were acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank.


64


---

Table of Contents


The Loan Portfolio table presents the classifications of loans by major category at December 31, 2013 , and for each of the preceding four years.  The second table presents maturities of certain loan classifications at December 31, 2013 , and an analysis of the rate structure for such loans with maturities greater than one year, excluding covered loans.


Table 10Loan Portfolio20132012201120102009(In Thousands)Commercial loans:Commercial, financial and agricultural$20,209,209$16,980,957$13,700,779$10,637,446$8,672,237Real estate – construction1,736,3481,895,9313,367,4134,537,3927,793,693Commercial real estate – mortgage9,106,3297,707,5487,235,4587,103,2377,132,983Total commercial loans$31,051,886$26,584,436$24,303,650$22,278,075$23,598,913Consumer loans:Residential real estate – mortgage$12,706,879$11,443,973$9,669,114$7,781,881$5,385,976Equity lines of credit2,236,3672,393,2712,563,7062,672,1932,708,041Equity loans644,068671,616849,3691,070,8791,317,245Credit card660,073625,395582,244534,375487,301Consumer – direct516,572522,995528,818544,678580,592Consumer – indirect2,116,9811,593,1751,366,0601,473,8932,420,794Total consumer loans$18,880,940$17,250,425$15,559,311$14,077,899$12,899,949Total loans, excluding covered loans49,932,82643,834,86139,862,96136,355,97436,498,862Covered loans734,1901,176,6822,079,3664,016,7886,213,270Total loans$50,667,016$45,011,543$41,942,327$40,372,762$42,712,132Loans held for sale147,109322,065170,35169,06364,945Total loans and loans held for sale$50,814,125$45,333,608$42,112,678$40,441,825$42,777,077





Table 11Selected Loan Maturity and Interest Rate SensitivityMaturityRate Structure For Loans Maturing Over One YearOne Year or LessOver One Year Through Five YearsOver Five YearsTotalFixed Interest RateFloating or Adjustable Rate(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$3,914,546$13,926,482$2,368,181$20,209,209$2,317,324$13,977,339Real estate - construction705,056876,618154,6741,736,348103,251928,041$4,619,602$14,803,100$2,522,855$21,945,557$2,420,575$14,905,380


Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which the payment is due.  Determinations of maturities are based upon contract terms.


Loans and loans held for sale, net of unearned income, totaled $50.8 billion at December 31, 2013 , an increase of $5.5 billion from December 31, 2012 .  The increase in total loans was primarily driven by growth in commercial, financial and agricultural loans as well as increases in the commercial real estate - mortgage, residential real estate - mortgage and consumer - indirect loan portfolios.  Growth in the loan portfolio was partially offset by continued run-off in the real estate construction portfolio as well as expected runoff in the covered loan portfolio.


See Note 4 , Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.


65


---

Table of Contents


Asset Quality


The Company's asset quality continued to improve during 2013 .  Nonperforming assets, which includes nonaccrual loans, nonaccrual loans held for sale, accruing loans 90 days past due, accruing TDRs 90 days past due, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets totaled $552 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $942 million at December 31, 2012 .  Excluding covered assets, nonperforming assets decreased from $804 million at December 31, 2012 to $486 million at December 31, 2013 .  The decrease in nonperforming assets, excluding covered assets, was primarily due to a $290 million decrease in nonaccrual loans partially attributable to the Company's decision to sell certain nonperforming loans.  As a percentage of total loans and loans held for sale and other real estate, nonperforming assets were 1.09% (or 0.97% excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2013 compared with 2.07% (or 1.82% excluding covered assets) at December 31, 2012 .


The Company defines potential problem loans as commercial noncovered loans rated substandard or doubtful, which do not meet the definition of nonaccrual, TDR or 90 days past due and still accruing. See Note 4 , Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions. The following table provides a summary of potential problem loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 :





Table 12Potential Problem Loans20132012(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$134,927$58,949Real estate – construction7,42110,804Commercial real estate – mortgage138,432207,911$280,780$277,664


In connection with the 2009 acquisition of Guaranty Bank, the Bank has entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC whereby the FDIC reimburses the Bank for a substantial portion of the losses incurred.  In addition, covered loans acquired were recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date without regard to the loss sharing agreements.  These covered loans were evaluated and assigned to loan pools based on common risk characteristics. The fair value of the covered loans was estimated to be significantly below the unpaid principal balance. In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, there was no allowance brought forward on any of the acquired loans as the credit losses were included in the determination of the fair value of the covered loans at the acquisition date.  Charge-offs are recognized for these loans when the actual losses exceed the estimated losses used in determining the fair value of the loans.  Substantially all of the covered loans were considered to be accruing loans at the date of acquisition. In accordance with regulatory reporting standards, covered loans that are contractually past due will continue to be reported as past due and still accruing based on the number of days past due.


Given the significant amount of acquired loans that are past due but still accruing, the Company believes the inclusion of these loans in certain asset quality ratios including “Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing as a percentage of total loans,” “Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans,” and certain other asset quality ratios that reflect nonperforming assets in the numerator or denominator (or both) results in significant distortion to these ratios.  In addition, because loan level charge-offs related to the acquired loans are not recognized in the financial statements until the cumulative amounts exceed the original loss projections on a pool basis, the net charge-off ratio for the acquired loans is not consistent with the net charge-off ratio for other loan portfolios.  The inclusion of these loans in the asset quality ratios described above could result in a lack of comparability across quarters or years and could negatively impact comparability with other portfolios that were not impacted by acquisition accounting.  The Company believes that the presentation of asset quality measures excluding covered loans and related amounts from both the numerator and the denominator provides better perspective into underlying trends related to the quality of its loan portfolio.  Accordingly, the asset quality measures in Table 13 present asset quality information both on a consolidated basis as well as excluding the covered loans and the related amounts.


66


---

Table of Contents


The following table summarizes asset quality information for the past five years and includes loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans.


Table 13Asset QualityDecember 31,20132012201120102009(In Thousands)Nonaccrual loans:Commercial, financial and agricultural$128,231$112,135$185,629$206,704$193,525Real estate – construction14,183104,683415,629629,9091,268,526Commercial real estate – mortgage129,672270,734446,926424,891320,168Residential real estate – mortgage102,904193,983220,844222,156157,518Equity lines of credit31,43120,14323,57020,86015,646Equity loans20,44716,94330,30924,69820,764Credit card—————Consumer – direct5403371,2175,7994,399Consumer – indirect1,523————Total nonaccrual loans, excluding covered loans428,931718,9581,324,1241,535,0171,980,546Covered nonaccrual loans5,4281,23516,55530,36795,965Total nonaccrual loans434,359720,1931,340,6791,565,3842,076,511Nonaccrual loans held for sale7,3597,58316,97040,66417,550Total nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale$441,718$727,776$1,357,649$1,606,048$2,094,061Accruing TDRs: (1)Commercial, financial and agricultural$25,548$17,832$22,658$29,716$5,019Real estate – construction3,80149,21597,12644,73316,930Commercial real estate – mortgage59,72756,52059,69030,0102,929Residential real estate – mortgage74,23691,38475,17050,28526,201Equity lines of credit——203851—Equity loans42,85021,92913,5979,2553,999Credit card—————Consumer – direct9113881216Consumer – indirect—————Total accruing TDRs, excluding covered loans206,253237,018268,452164,86255,094Covered TDRs3,4557,0799,54551,116—Total TDRs209,708244,097277,997215,97855,094TDRs classified as loans held for sale—————Total TDRs (loans and loans held for sale)$209,708$244,097$277,997$215,978$55,094Other real estate:Other real estate, excluding covered assets19,11545,007172,725300,761260,566Covered other real estate4,11323,56145,11543,83847,397Total other real estate$23,228$68,568$217,840$344,599$307,963Other repossessed assets:Other repossessed assets, excluding covered assets3,3603,8904,2496,9007,108Covered other repossessed assets——36——Total other repossessed assets$3,360$3,890$4,285$6,900$7,108


67


---

Table of Contents


Table 13 (continued)Asset QualityDecember 31,20132012201120102009(In Thousands)Loans 90 days past due and accruing:Commercial, financial and agricultural2,2121,8532,5015,46720,744Real estate – construction2401,9075027,15679,163Commercial real estate – mortgage7972,7714962,58111,483Residential real estate – mortgage2,4603,6451,8857,9939,720Equity lines of credit5,1094,6616,9175,7674,739Equity loans1,1672,3352,2762,3342,167Credit card10,2777,7298,38410,88713,490Consumer – direct2,4022,0651,7981,1811,663Consumer – indirect1,5401,1381,4961,3083,356Total loans 90 days past due and accruing, excluding covered loans26,20428,10426,25544,674146,525Covered loans 90 days past due and accruing56,610112,748157,022399,607295,154Total loans 90 days past due and accruing82,814140,852183,277444,281441,679Loans held for sale 90 days past due and accruing—————Total loans and loans held for sale 90 days past due and accruing$82,814$140,852$183,277$444,281$441,679Asset Quality Ratios:Nonperforming loans and loans held for sale as a percentage of total loans and loans held for sale, excluding covered loans (2)0.93%1.71%3.42%4.45%5.91%Nonperforming loans and loans held for sale as a percentage of total loans and loans held for sale, including covered loans (2)1.03%1.92%3.68%5.07%5.97%Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and loans held for sale, other real estate, and other repossessed assets, excluding covered assets (3)0.97%1.82%3.84%5.25%6.59%Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and loans held for sale, other real estate, and other repossessed assets, including covered assets (3)1.09%2.07%4.18%5.89%6.65%Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans, excluding covered loans and related allowance1.40%1.79%2.57%3.00%3.47%Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans, including covered loans and related allowance1.38%1.78%2.51%2.75%2.97%Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans (4)152.87%104.96%75.89%68.99%59.15%Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, including covered loans (4)135.15%93.15%68.65%55.18%50.03%


|    |                                                                      
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | TDR totals include accruing loans 90 days past due classified as TDR.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                                         
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale (including nonaccrual loans classified as TDR), accruing loans 90 days past due and accruing TDRs 90 days past due.

|    |                                                                                                  
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, other real estate and other repossessed assets.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                 
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(4) | Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans (including nonaccrual loans classified as TDR), accruing loans 90 days past due and accruing TDRs 90 days past due.

The current inventory of other real estate, excluding amounts covered under FDIC loss sharing agreements, totaled $19 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $45 million at December 31, 2012 .  This includes lands and lots, which totaled $10 million at December 31, 2013 .  The remaining foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2013 is primarily single family residential and commercial real estate.


68


---

Table of Contents


The following table provides a rollforward of OREO for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Table 14Rollforward of Other Real Estate Owned20132012(In Thousands)Balance at January 1,$68,568$217,840Transfer of loans and loans held for sale to OREO47,87967,194Sales of OREO(83,517)(184,622)Writedowns of OREO(9,702)(31,844)Balance at December 31,$23,228$68,568


The following table provides a rollforward of nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale, excluding covered loans, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Table 15Rollforward of Nonaccrual Loans20132012(In Thousands)Balance at January 1,$726,541$1,341,094Additions516,847629,639Returns to accrual(74,608)(102,386)Loan sales(139,195)(384,249)Payments and paydowns(282,303)(291,439)Transfers to other real estate(28,829)(52,849)Charge-offs(282,164)(413,269)Balance at December 31,$436,289$726,541


As a part of the Company's asset disposition strategy, the Company may sell nonaccrual and other underperforming loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company sold $169.7 million and $33.8 million of noncovered commercial and consumer loans, respectively, and recognized net charge-offs totaling $35.6 million and $7.1 million , respectively, on these sales. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold $425.0 million and $34.9 million of noncovered commercial and consumer loans, respectively, and recognized net charge-offs totaling $98.0 million and $12.2 million , respectively, on these sales.


Generally when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the Company applies the entire amount of any subsequent payments (including interest) to the outstanding principal balance.  Consequently, a substantial portion of the interest received related to nonaccrual loans has been applied to principal.  At December 31, 2013 , nonaccrual loans and loans for sale, excluding covered loans, totaled $436 million .  During the year ended December 31, 2013 , $5.0 million of interest income was recognized on loans and loans held for sale classified as nonaccrual as of December 31, 2013 . Under the original terms of the loans, interest income would have been approximately $22.8 million for loans and loans held for sale classified as nonaccrual as of December 31, 2013 .


When borrowers are experiencing financial difficulties, the Company may, in order to assist the borrowers in repaying the principal and interest owed to the Company, make certain modifications to the loan agreement. To facilitate this process, a concessionary modification that would not otherwise be considered may be granted resulting in a classification of the loan as a TDR.  Within each of the Company’s loan classes, TDRs typically involve modification of the loan interest rate to a below market rate or an extension or deferment of the loan.  The financial effects of TDRs are reflected in the components that comprise the allowance for loan losses in either the amount of charge-offs or loan loss provision and period-end allowance levels.  All TDRs are considered to be impaired loans.  Refer to Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , and Note 4 , Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.


69


---

Table of Contents


The following table provides a rollforward of TDR activity, excluding covered loans and loans held for sale, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Table 16Rollforward of TDR Activity20132012(In Thousands)Balance at January 1,$388,643$668,374New TDRs93,03199,834Payments/Payoffs(110,347)(161,013)Charge-offs(24,050)(85,854)Loan sales(34,690)(121,133)Transfer to ORE(2,305)(11,565)Balance at December 31,$310,282$388,643


The Company’s aggregate recorded investment in impaired loans modified through TDRs excluding covered loans decreased to $310 million at December 31, 2013 from $389 million at December 31, 2012 .  Included in these amounts are $206 million at December 31, 2013 and $237 million at December 31, 2012 of accruing TDRs, excluding covered loans.  Accruing TDRs are not considered nonperforming because they are performing in accordance with the restructured terms.


The following table provides a rollforward of accruing TDR activity, excluding covered loans and loans held for sale, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Table 17Rollforward of Accruing TDR Activity20132012(In Thousands)Balance at January 1,$237,018$268,452New TDRs16,32550,258Return to accrual38,53131,733Payments/Payoffs(42,282)(79,642)Charge-offs(4,254)(1,032)Loan sales(2,512)—Transfer to OREO——Transfer to nonaccrual(36,573)(32,751)Balance at December 31,$206,253$237,018


The Company's allowance for loan losses is largely driven by risk ratings assigned to commercial loans, updated borrower credit scores on consumer loans and borrower delinquency history in both commercial and consumer portfolios.  As such, the provision for credit losses is impacted primarily by changes in borrower payment performance rather than TDR classification.  In addition, all commercial and consumer loans modified in a TDR are considered to be impaired, even if they maintain their accrual status.


Allowance for Loan Losses


Management’s policy is to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to absorb estimated probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio.  Refer to Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , and Note 4 , Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures regarding the allowance for loan losses.  The total allowance for loan losses, excluding covered loans, decreased to $698 million at December 31, 2013 , from $785 million at December 31, 2012 .  During 2013 , the overall risk profile of the loan portfolio continued to improve as a result of the decrease in the balance of the real estate construction portfolio and growth in lower risk portfolios such as commercial, financial and agricultural portfolio and residential


70


---

Table of Contents


real estate-mortgage portfolio.  As loans with higher levels of probable incurred losses have been removed from the portfolio, this has influenced the allowance estimate resulting in lower required reserves.  In addition, nonperforming loans, excluding covered loans and loans held for sale, decreased to $456 million at December 31, 2013 from $748 million at December 31, 2012 .  The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans, excluding covered loans and the related allowance, decreased to 1.40% at December 31, 2013 from 1.79% at December 31, 2012 .  The allowance attributable to individually impaired loans was $82 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $73 million at December 31, 2012 .


The provision for loan losses is the charge to earnings that management determines to be necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a sufficient level reflecting management's estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio.  In 2013 , the Company recorded $107.5 million of provision for loan losses compared to $29.5 million of provision for loan losses for 2012 .  Excluding covered loans, provision for loan losses for 2013 was $124.2 million compared to $60.1 million for 2012 .  The increase in the provision for loan losses during 2013 was primarily attributable to loan growth during 2013 in the commercial, financial and agricultural; commercial real estate; residential real estate; and consumer portfolios.  Offsetting the increase attributable to loan growth was improving credit quality in the real estate-construction and commercial real estate-mortgage portfolios.


Net charge-offs were 0.44% of average loans for 2013 compared to 0.63% of average loans for 2012 .  Excluding covered loans, net charge-offs were 0.45% of average loans for 2013 compared to 0.71% for 2012 .  Net charge-offs decreased in most lending portfolios, including a $53.1 million decrease in the commercial real estate-mortgage portfolio and a $38.3 million decrease in the real estate-construction portfolio.


When determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, management considers changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, changes in nonperforming and past due loans, historical loan loss experience, the existing risk of individual loans, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries and current economic conditions.  The portion of the allowance that has not been identified by the Company as related to specific loan categories has been allocated to the individual loan categories on a pro rata basis for purposes of the table below.


The following table presents an estimated allocation of the allowance for loan losses at the end of each of the last five years.  This allocation of the allowance for loan losses is calculated on an approximate basis and is not necessarily indicative of future losses or allocations.  The entire amount of the allowance is available to absorb losses occurring in any category of loans.


Table 18Allocation of Allowance for Loan LossesDecember 31,20132012201120102009AmountPercent of Loans to Total LoansAmountPercent of Loans to Total LoansAmountPercent of Loans to Total LoansAmountPercent of Loans to Total LoansAmountPercent of Loans to Total Loans(Dollars in Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$292,32739.9%$283,05837.7%$252,39932.6%$207,99226.4%$149,15120.3%Real estate – construction33,2183.469,7614.2237,2038.0410,74511.2830,15518.3Commercial real estate – mortgage125,74218.0184,56317.1252,08117.3213,61217.675,59216.7Residential real estate – mortgage71,32125.1115,60025.4148,43023.188,15819.329,23312.6Equity lines of credit62,2584.441,5285.339,8676.154,5466.638,4766.3Equity loans21,9961.315,1371.518,4662.020,5672.712,1513.1Credit card46,3951.337,0391.443,2721.448,1541.339,1521.1Consumer - direct14,2501.016,1221.212,2661.314,8221.330,2771.4Consumer – indirect30,2584.222,2423.620,9293.231,6723.763,8595.7Total, excluding covered loans697,76598.6785,05097.41,024,91395.01,090,26890.11,268,04685.5Covered loans2,9541.417,8032.626,8835.018,7499.9—14.5Total$700,719100.0%$802,853100.0%$1,051,796100.0%$1,109,017100.0%$1,268,046100.0%


71


---

Table of Contents


The following table sets forth information with respect to the Company’s loans, excluding loans held for sale, and the allowance for loan losses for the last five years.


Table 19Summary of Loan Loss Experience20132012201120102009(Dollars in Thousands)Average loans outstanding during the year$47,810,838$44,002,221$40,909,860$41,474,531$40,157,637Average loans outstanding during the year, excluding covered loans$46,855,174$42,339,949$37,723,721$36,291,728$37,713,585Allowance for loan losses, beginning of year$802,853$1,051,796$1,109,017$1,268,046$732,869Charge-offs:Commercial, financial and agricultural47,75163,678154,721116,880184,866Real estate – construction8,40357,758111,419559,662662,169Commercial real estate – mortgage35,01194,160103,822138,75791,775Residential real estate – mortgage73,55156,83468,88559,46435,491Equity lines of credit31,70552,89960,76552,47446,713Equity loans13,16716,35417,41017,76514,752Credit card32,53431,89134,45744,51143,747Consumer – direct21,84424,20823,04532,29838,344Consumer – indirect18,19815,48821,71846,07677,529Total, excluding covered loans282,164413,270596,2421,067,8871,195,386Covered loans6,7083,80712,19842,7647,920Total, including covered loans288,872417,077608,4401,110,6511,203,306Recoveries:Commercial, financial and agricultural20,05031,07439,87320,12711,813Real estate – construction11,44222,46226,13850,5735,593Commercial real estate – mortgage7,33313,41915,67811,620394Residential real estate – mortgage6,7503,8483,3912,884938Equity lines of credit4,20521,7363,0853,8191,684Equity loans2,0921,8471,3291,470875Credit card2,6502,5593,1042,5202,414Consumer – direct6,1375,4326,9569,2429,580Consumer – indirect10,04510,88614,75618,35718,430Total, excluding covered loans70,704113,263114,310120,61251,721Covered loans8,48825,4008,2765,961269Total, including covered loans79,192138,663122,586126,57351,990Net charge-offs209,680278,414485,854984,0781,151,316Provision for covered loans(16,629)(30,673)12,05655,5527,651Provision charged to income, excluding covered loans124,17560,144416,577769,4971,678,842Total provision for loan losses107,54629,471428,633825,0491,686,493Allowance for loan losses, end of year$700,719$802,853$1,051,796$1,109,017$1,268,046Allowance for loan losses, excluding allowance attributable to covered loans, end of year$697,765$785,050$1,024,913$1,090,268$1,268,046Allowance for covered loans2,95417,80326,88318,749—Total allowance for loan losses$700,719$802,853$1,051,796$1,109,017$1,268,046Net charge-offs to average loans0.44%0.63%1.19%2.37%2.87%Net charge-offs to average loans, excluding covered loans0.45%0.71%1.28%2.61%3.03%


72


---

Table of Contents


Concentrations


The following tables provide further details regarding the Company’s commercial, financial and agricultural, commercial real estate, residential real estate and consumer segments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Commercial, Financial and Agricultural


In accordance with the Company's lending policy, each commercial loan undergoes a detailed underwriting process, which incorporates the Company's risk tolerance, credit policy and procedures.  In addition, the Company has a graduated approval process which accounts for the quality, loan type and total exposure of the borrower.  The Company has also adopted an internal exposure based limit which is based on a variety of risk factors, including but not limited to the borrower industry.


The commercial, financial and agricultural portfolio segment totaled $20.2 billion at December 31, 2013 , compared to $17.0 billion at December 31, 2012 .  The increase in this portfolio segment reflects the Company's objective to strategically grow this segment.  This segment consists primarily of large national and international companies and small to mid-sized companies with business operations in the Company's geographic footprint.  This segment also contains owner occupied commercial real estate loans.  Loans in this portfolio are generally underwritten individually and are secured with the assets of the company, and/or the personal guarantees of the business owners.  The Company minimizes the risk associated with this segment by various means, including maintaining prudent advance rates, financial covenants, and obtaining personal guarantees from the principals of the company.


73


---

Table of Contents


The following table provides details related to the commercial, financial, and agricultural segment as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .


Table 20Commercial, Financial and Agricultural20132012IndustryRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Autos, components and durable goods$413,662$420$—$—$317,984$944$—$19Capital goods and industrial services1,843,9425,851851,3931,505,0058,91679—Construction and infrastructure582,55430,11524,030—608,41732,5886,495—Energy2,876,170871——2,790,610———Financials1,068,70794——1,003,8851,524967—Food, beverage, textile, personal healthcare2,411,40211,896946501,910,53612,888369275General corporates1,037,6101,34927758864,08410,0351,8061,522Institutions2,432,74053,958——1,689,6478,7516,211—Leisure1,187,5871,618422—1,133,7553,314——Mining and metals, pulp and paper chemicals855,346105——593,4374,3291,657—Real estate1,328,7602,191——1,214,5609,272—1Retail1,934,49119,4452371,566,56612,32921836Telecoms, technology and media802,376—154671,9426,88513—Transportation590,982240——533,09136017—Utilities and alternative power842,88078——577,437———Total commercial, financial and agricultural$20,209,209$128,231$25,548$2,212$16,980,956$112,135$17,832$1,853


Commercial Real Estate


The commercial real estate portfolio segment includes the commercial real estate and real estate - construction loan portfolios.  Commercial real estate loans totaled $9.1 billion at December 31, 2013 , compared to $7.7 billion at December 31, 2012 , and real estate - construction loans totaled $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 , compared to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2012 .


This segment consists primarily of extensions of credits to real estate developers and investors for the financing of land and buildings, whereby the repayment is generated from the sale of the real estate or the income generated by the real estate property.  The Company attempts to minimize risk on commercial real estate properties by various means including requiring collateral values that exceed the loan amount, adequate cash flow to service the debt, and the personal guarantees of principals of the borrowers.  In order to minimize risk on the construction portfolio, the Company has established an operations group outside of the lending staff which is responsible for loan disbursements during the construction process.


74


---

Table of Contents


The following tables present the geographic distribution for the commercial real estate and real estate - construction portfolios as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .


Table 21Commercial Real Estate20132012StateRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Alabama$690,668$8,950$6,126$181$859,936$24,684$2,409$909Arizona801,23111,2785,765—708,14627,99521,3571,194California845,1353,180——419,4882,226654—Colorado515,6634,94013,792—585,0626,92815,122—Florida893,3157,7365,365—767,97114,6877,973—New Mexico257,5852,516——270,22611,054——Texas3,135,67471,4118,0236163,046,862161,0717,957668Other1,967,05819,66120,656—1,049,85722,0891,048—$9,106,329$129,672$59,727$797$7,707,548$270,734$56,520$2,771





Table 22Real Estate – Construction20132012StateRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Alabama$50,852$1,809$1,858$—$94,948$5,981$3,484$189Arizona126,7934,625——158,2116,66718,428384California235,91930282—212,58042——Colorado69,6725671,701—70,7673,5044,468—Florida119,3742,628—19377,7047,3461,009—New Mexico18,42615673—46,8066,14238—Texas815,2663,1898747866,54450,9442,1691,334Other300,046907——368,37124,05719,619—$1,736,348$14,183$3,801$240$1,895,931$104,683$49,215$1,907


Residential Real Estate


The residential real estate portfolio includes residential real estate - mortgage loans, equity lines of credit and equity loans.  The residential real estate portfolio primarily contains loans to individuals, which are secured by single-family residences.  Loans of this type are generally smaller in size than commercial real estate loans and are geographically dispersed throughout the Company's market areas, with some guaranteed by government agencies or private mortgage insurers.  Losses on residential real estate loans depend, to a large degree, on the level of interest rates, the unemployment rate, economic conditions and collateral values.


75


---

Table of Contents


Residential real estate - mortgage loans totaled $12.7 billion at December 31, 2013 compared to $11.4 billion at December 31, 2012 . Risks associated with residential real estate - mortgage loans are mitigated through rigorous underwriting procedures, collateral values established by independent appraisers and mortgage insurance.  In addition, the collateral for this segment is concentrated in the Company's footprint as indicated in the table below.


Table 23Residential Real Estate - Mortgage20132012StateRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Alabama$1,366,657$16,662$16,005$218$1,401,209$26,943$22,411$—Arizona1,368,38411,10310,1953391,317,87519,25415,120—California1,970,4225,7953,415—1,325,75411,5733,173161Colorado1,024,4102,2342,585631,006,79812,3652,032—Florida963,6229,61711,6522121,115,41425,30916,821109New Mexico222,6741,4521,308—220,6932,3221,752—Texas4,873,95735,94321,0431,5024,577,15964,26824,7283,375Other916,75320,0988,033126479,07131,9495,347—$12,706,879$102,904$74,236$2,460$11,443,973$193,983$91,384$3,645


The following table provides information related to refreshed FICO scores  for the Company's residential real estate portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .


Table 24Residential Real Estate - Mortgage20132012FICO ScoreRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Below 621$568,227$67,809$24,977$1,251$703,422$122,192$40,027$938621-6801,230,49317,68920,2212141,163,89519,71820,394105681 – 7202,170,3354,76011,904321,893,8793,4399,510—Above 7207,894,7092,09816,0305726,772,9324,43918,905283Unknown843,11510,5481,104391909,84544,1952,5482,319$12,706,879$102,904$74,236$2,460$11,443,973$193,983$91,384$3,645


76


---

Table of Contents


Equity lines of credit and equity loans totaled $2.9 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , respectively.  Losses in these portfolios generally track overall economic conditions.  These loans are underwritten in accordance with the underwriting standards set forth in the Company's policy and procedures.  The collateral for this segment is concentrated within the Company's footprint as indicated in the table below.


Table 25Equity Loans and Lines20132012StateRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Alabama$674,461$10,103$13,350$1,209$737,750$8,563$4,894$1,411Arizona428,8618,6685,4842,494465,8174,6183,4561,196California72,180219164—37,91023——Colorado230,5007,710968409271,9591,090864410Florida426,5128,5928,5051,103469,4988,5994,2641,283New Mexico58,4661,18985326162,5671,091163514Texas936,72214,31911,756778971,96312,3038,0592,135Other52,7331,0781,7702247,42379922947$2,880,435$51,878$42,850$6,276$3,064,887$37,086$21,929$6,996





The following table provides information related to refreshed FICO scores for the Company's equity loans and lines as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .


Table 26Equity Loans and Lines20132012FICO ScoreRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past DueRecorded InvestmentNonaccrualAccruing TDRsAccruing Greater Than 90 Days Past Due(In Thousands)Below 621$290,527$22,449$19,499$5,673$325,536$27,637$11,090$4,716621-680435,93619,24512,140197464,5205,2665,6611,794681 – 720536,1966,5174,530—562,7136362,625238Above 7201,581,6072,5116,4881421,664,2357632,34732Unknown36,1691,15619326447,8832,784206216$2,880,435$51,878$42,850$6,276$3,064,887$37,086$21,929$6,996


Other Consumer


The Company also operates a consumer finance unit which purchases loan contracts for indirect automobile consumer financing.  These loans are centrally underwritten using industry accepted tools and underwriting guidelines.  The Company also originates credit card loans and other consumer-direct loans that are centrally underwritten and sourced from the Company's branches.  Total credit card, consumer-direct and consumer-indirect loans at December 31, 2013 were $3.3 billion , or 6.6% of the total loan portfolio, excluding covered loans, compared to $2.7 billion , or 6.3% of the total loan portfolio, excluding covered loans at December 31, 2012 .


77


---

Table of Contents


Foreign Exposure


As of December 31, 2013 , foreign exposure risk did not represent a significant concentration of the Company's total portfolio of loans and was substantially represented by borrowers domiciled in Mexico and foreign borrowers currently residing in the United States.


Goodwill


Goodwill totaled $5.0 billion at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and is allocated to each of the Company’s reporting units, the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist.  At both December 31, 2013 and 2012 , goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses, attributable to each of the Company’s three identified reporting units was as follows: Wealth and Retail Banking - $2.0 billion , Commercial Banking - $2.4 billion , and Corporate and Investment Banking - $568 million .


A test of goodwill for impairment consists of two steps.  In step one of the impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step two of the impairment test is required to be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Step two compares the implied fair value of goodwill attributable to each reporting unit to the carrying amount of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination; an entity allocates the fair value determined in step one for the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.  The carrying value of equity for each reporting unit is determined from an allocation based upon risk weighted assets.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill.


The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a blend of both income and market approaches.  For the income approach, estimated future cash flows and terminal values are discounted.  The Company utilizes a CAPM in order to derive the base discount rate. The inputs to the CAPM include the 20-year risk free rate, 5-year beta for a select peer set, and a market risk premium based on published data.  Once the output of the CAPM is determined, a size premium is added (also based on a published source), as well as a company-specific risk premium for each reporting unit.


In estimating future cash flows, a balance sheet as of the test date and a statement of income for the last 12 months of activity for each reporting unit is compiled.  From that point, future balance sheets and statements of income are projected based on the inputs.  Cash flows are based on future capitalization requirements due to balance sheet growth and anticipated changes in regulatory capital requirements.


The Company uses the guideline public company method and the guideline transaction method as the market approaches. The public company method applies valuation multiples derived from each reporting unit's peer group to tangible book value or earnings and an implied control premium to the respective reporting unit.  The control premium is evaluated and compared to similar financial services transactions considering the absolute and relative potential revenue synergies and cost savings.  The guideline transaction method applies valuation multiples to a financial metric of the reporting unit based on comparable observed purchase transactions in the financial services industry for the reporting unit, where available.


78


---

Table of Contents


The Company tested its three identified reporting units with goodwill for impairment as of October 31, 2013 .  The results of this test indicated no goodwill impairment existed at that time.  The following table includes the carrying value and fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill as of October 31, 2013 , the date of the most recent annual goodwill impairment test.


Table 27Fair Value of Reporting UnitsFair ValueCarrying Value(In Thousands)Reporting Unit:Wealth and Retail Banking$5,670,000$5,318,000Commercial Banking5,340,0005,134,000Corporate and Investment Banking940,000834,000


As the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units exceeded its carrying value, step two of the goodwill impairment test was not required.  However, if a step two test had been required, the fair value of the reporting units’ assets, both tangible and intangible, and liabilities would have been determined using estimates of the amounts at which the assets or liabilities could be bought, incurred, sold or settled in a taxable transaction between willing participants.


The step one fair values of the reporting units are based upon management’s estimates and assumptions. Although management has used the estimates and assumptions it believes to be most appropriate in the circumstances, it should be noted that even relatively minor changes in certain valuation assumptions used in management’s calculations would result in significant differences in the results of the impairment tests.  As an example, the discount rates used in the step one valuations are a key valuation assumption.  In the Company’s step one test at October 31, 2013 , the combined fair value of the reporting units with goodwill exceeded the combined carrying value by approximately $664 million , with none of the Company's identified reporting units' carrying value exceeding fair value.  If the discount rates used in the step one test were increased by 50 basis points, the excess fair value would decrease to a deficit to fair value of $206 million with two of the Company's identified reporting units carrying value exceeding fair value.  If the discount rates used in the step one test were increased by 100 basis points, the excess fair value would decrease to a combined deficit to fair value of $966 million with all three of the Company's identified reporting units' carrying value exceeding fair value.


The sensitivity analysis above is hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance.  Changes in implied fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because of the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.  Also, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated without changing any other assumption, while in reality changes in one factor may result in changes in another which may magnify or counteract the effect of the change.


Specific factors as of the date of filing of the financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: disparities in the level of fair value changes in net assets (especially loans); increases in book values of equity of a reporting unit in excess of the increase in fair value of equity; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; lengthened forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds; future federal rules and actions of regulators; and/or a continuation in the current low level of interest rates significantly beyond 2014.


79


---

Table of Contents


Funding Activities


Deposits are the primary source of funds for lending and investing activities and their cost is the largest category of interest expense.  The Company also utilizes brokered deposits as a funding source in addition to customer deposits.  Scheduled payments, as well as prepayments, and maturities from portfolios of loans and investment securities also provide a stable source of funds.  FHLB advances, other secured borrowings, federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowed funds, as well as longer-term debt issued through the capital markets, all provide supplemental liquidity sources.  The Company’s funding activities are monitored and governed through the Company’s asset/liability management process, which is further discussed in the Market Risk Management section in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations herein.  Following is a brief description of the various sources of funds used by the Company.


Deposits


At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , total deposits included $1.9 billion and $2.9 billion , respectively, of brokered deposits.  Total average deposits increased by $4.0 billion from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 .  The following table presents the Company’s average deposits segregated by major category:


Table 28Composition of Average DepositsDecember 31,201320122011Balance% of TotalBalance% of TotalBalance% of Total(Dollars in Thousands)Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$14,586,72527.8%$13,854,15528.5%$12,242,36226.9%Interest-bearing demand deposits6,824,45013.06,324,50013.06,333,27813.9Savings and money market19,137,53936.416,918,63334.915,322,55033.7Certificates and other time deposits11,886,38622.611,340,31623.411,519,13225.3Foreign office deposits-interest-bearing118,6440.2112,1760.298,7430.2Total average deposits$52,553,744100.0%$48,549,780100.0%$45,516,065100.0%


The overall mix of deposits improved during 2013 with savings and money market deposits representing 36.4% of average total deposits in 2013 compared to 34.9% in 2012 .  The average total savings and money market deposits increased by $2.2 billion during 2013 due in part to the Company's marketing efforts related to money market products throughout the year.  For additional information about deposits, see Note 9 , Deposits , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


The following table summarizes the remaining maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 2013 .


Table 29Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or MoreTime Deposits of $100,000 or More(In Thousands)Three months or less$1,460,324Over three through six months1,338,875Over six through twelve months1,768,461Over twelve months3,514,874$8,082,534


80


---

Table of Contents


Borrowed Funds


In addition to internal deposit generation, the Company also relies on borrowed funds as a supplemental source of funding.  Borrowed funds consist of short-term borrowings, FHLB advances, subordinated debentures and other long-term borrowings.


Short-term borrowings are primarily in the form of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings.  At December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , short-term borrowings were related to customer activity.  The short-term borrowings table presents the distribution of the Company’s short-term borrowed funds and the corresponding weighted average interest rates for each of the last three years.  Also provided are the maximum outstanding amounts of borrowings, the average amounts of borrowings and the average interest rates at year-end for the last three years.  For additional information regarding the Company’s short-term borrowings, see Note 10 , Short-Term Borrowings , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


Table 30Short-Term BorrowingsYears Ended December 31,Maximum Outstanding at Any Month EndAverage BalanceAverage Interest RateEnding BalanceAverage Interest Rate at Year-End(Dollars in Thousands)2013Federal funds purchased$1,022,735$815,5410.25%$704,1900.26%Securities sold under agreements to repurchase456,263164,2180.01148,3800.01Other short-term borrowings28,63012,7390.935,5912.48$1,507,628$992,498$858,1612012Federal funds purchased$1,347,795$1,048,7410.25%$901,9800.26%Securities sold under agreements to repurchase211,055177,5600.06199,6110.04Other short-term borrowings29,29515,6170.033,763—$1,588,145$1,241,918$1,105,3542011Federal funds purchased$1,967,670$1,466,1490.25%$1,163,6700.25%Securities sold under agreements to repurchase219,040191,7000.09173,1720.06Other short-term borrowings76,21851,2270.092,6030.12$2,262,928$1,709,076$1,339,445


At December 31, 2013 , total short-term borrowings decreased by $247 million , or 22% compared to the ending balance at December 31, 2012 .  Average short-term borrowings decreased by $249 million , or 20% , during 2013 .


At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , FHLB and other borrowings were $4.3 billion .  During 2013 , proceeds from FHLB and other borrowings were $425.0 million and repayments were $346.3 million .


For a discussion of interest rates and maturities of FHLB and other borrowings, refer to Note 11 , FHLB and Other Borrowings , and Note 12 , Capital Securities and Preferred Stock , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


Shareholder’s Equity


Total shareholders' equity at December 31, 2013 was $11.5 billion , an increase of $404 million compared to December 31, 2012 .  Shareholder's equity increased $420 million due to earnings attributable to shareholder during the period.  In addition, accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) decreased $114 million , primarily as a result of a decrease in the fair value of investment securities available for sale.


81


---

Table of Contents


Risk Management


In the normal course of business, the Company encounters inherent risk in its business activities.  The Company’s risk management approach includes processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks.  Management has grouped the risks facing its operations into the following categories: credit risk, structural interest rate, market and liquidity risk, operational risk, strategic and business risk, and reputational risk.  Each of these risks is managed through the Company’s ERM program.  The ERM program provides the structure and framework necessary to identify, measure, control and manage risk across the organization.  ERM is the cornerstone for defining risk tolerance, identifying key risk indicators, managing capital and integrating the Company’s capital planning process with on-going risk assessments and related stress testing for major risks.


The ERM program follows fundamental principles in establishing, executing and maintaining a program to manage overall risks.  The Company's Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the strategic and business plans, the ERM program and framework and the risk tolerance of the Company, approving key risk management policies, overseeing their implementation, and holding executive management accountable for the execution of the ERM program.  Under the oversight of the Company's Board of Directors, management is charged with ensuring there is an effective, integrated risk management structure.  This incorporates a clearly defined organizational structure, with defined roles and responsibilities for all aspects of risk management and appropriate tools that support the identification, assessment, control and reporting of key risks.  Management is also responsible for defining categories of risk pertaining to the operations of the Company and is responsible for ensuring that the risk management framework adequately covers both measurable as well as non-measurable risk.  Management prepares risk policies and procedures that clearly delineate the approach to all aspects of risk management through proper documentation and communication through appropriate channels. These risk management policies and procedures are aligned with the Company’s overall business strategies and support the continuous improvement of its risk management.  Management and employees within each line of business and support units are the first line of defense in the identification, assessment, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of risks taken by the lines of business, consistent with the Company’s risk tolerance, the current regulatory model for these risks and any material failures that may occur.  The lines of business and support units also will have additional infrastructure for certain types of risk embedded in the lines.  The risk management organization and other control units serve as the second line of defense and the credit quality review and internal audit functions provide the third line of defense.


Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control these and other risks are described in the remainder of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Credit Risk


Credit risk is the most significant risk affecting the organization.  Credit risk refers to the potential that one party to a financial instrument will cause a financial loss for the other party by failing to discharge an obligation. It can arise from items carried on the balance sheet or in off-balance sheet instruments, customers in the Company’s normal lending activities, and other counterparties.  The general definition of credit risk also includes transfer risk.  That is, the risk that a particular counterparty cannot honor an obligation because it cannot obtain the currency in which the debt is denominated.


The Company has established the following general practices to manage credit risk:


|  |                                                                                                                                                          
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | limiting the amount of credit that may be extended to individual borrowers, or on an aggregate basis to certain industries, products or collateral types;

|  |                                                                   
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | providing tools and policies to promote prudent lending practices;

|  |                                                                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | developing credit risk underwriting standards, metrics and the continuous monitoring of portfolio performance;

|  |                                                       
|- | ------------------------------------------------------
|• | assessing, monitoring, and reporting credit risks; and

|  |                                                                                                                                
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | periodically reevaluating the Company’s strategy and overall exposure as economic, market and other relevant conditions change.

82


---

Table of Contents


The following discussion presents the principal types of lending conducted by the Company and describes the underwriting procedures and overall risk management of the Company’s lending function.


Management Process


The Company assesses and manages credit risk through a series of policies, processes, measurement systems and controls.  The lines of business are responsible for credit risk at the operational day-to-day level.  Oversight of the lines of business is provided by the Credit Risk Management department and the appropriate credit committees established within the Company.


Credit Risk Management evaluates all loan requests and approves those that meet the Company’s risk tolerance and are in compliance with Company policies and regulatory guidance.  Credit Risk Management also provides policy, portfolio, and approval data to management to help ensure that there is a common understanding of loan portfolio risk.  This is accomplished by developing credit risk underwriting standards, metrics and the continuous monitoring of portfolio performance and assessing whether risk management practices have been carried out in accordance with the Company’s credit risk strategy and policies.  Key metrics, trends and issues related to credit risk are presented to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.


The CQR function provides an independent review of the Company’s credit quality.  The CQR function reports to the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and the Director of Internal Audit.  The CQR function is charged with providing the Company's Board of Directors and executive management with independent, objective, and timely assessments of the Company’s portfolio quality, credit policies, and credit risk management process.


Underwriting Approach


The Company’s underwriting approach is designed to define acceptable combinations of specific risk-mitigating features so that the credit relationships are expected to conform to the Company’s risk tolerances.  Provided below is a summary of the most significant underwriting criteria used to evaluate new loans and loan renewals.


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Cashflow and debt service coverage– cash flow adequacy is a necessary condition of creditworthiness, meaning that loans not clearly supported by a borrower’s cash flow should be justified by secondary repayment sources.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Secondary sources of repayment– alternative repayment sources are a significant risk-mitigating factor as long as they are liquid, can be easily accessed, and provide adequate resources to supplement the primary cash flow source.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Value of any underlying collateral– loans are often secured by the asset being financed.  Because an analysis of the primary and secondary sources of repayment is the most important factor, collateral, unless it is liquid, generally does not justify loans that cannot be serviced by the borrower’s normal cash flows.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Overall creditworthiness of the customer, taking into account the customer’s relationships, both past and current, with other lenders– the Company’s success depends on building lasting and mutually beneficial relationships with clients, which involves assessing their financial position and background.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                  
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Level of equity invested in the transactions– in general, borrowers are required to contribute or invest a portion of their own funds prior to any loan advances.

Structural Interest Rate, Market, and Liquidity Risks


Structural interest rate risk arises from the impact on the Company’s banking assets and liabilities due to changes in the interest rate curves in the market, impacting both economic value and net interest income generation.  Market risk arises from the movement of market variables that impact the trading book.  These variables can include interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and commodity prices, among others.  Liquidity risk refers to the possibility that a counterparty or borrower cannot meet its payment commitments without having to resort to borrowing funds under onerous conditions or damaging its image or reputation.  See the Market Risk Management and Liquidity sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations herein.


83


---

Table of Contents


Operational Risk


Operational risk refers to the potential loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems, or from external events.  It includes the current and prospective risk to earnings and capital arising from fraud, error, and the inability to deliver products or services, maintain a competitive position or manage information.  Included in operational risk is compliance and legal risk.  This refers to the possibility of legal or regulatory sanctions and liabilities, financial loss or damage to reputation the Company may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and good practice standards.


Operational risk is managed by the lines of business and supporting units with oversight by the Operational Risk Committees at the line of business and supporting unit level.  The Operational Risk Committees are the key element to monitor operational risk events and the implementation of action plans and controls.  Summary reports of these committees’ activities and decisions are provided to executive management.


Strategic and Business Risk


Strategic and business risk refers to the potential of lower earnings generation due to reduced operating income that cannot be offset quickly through expense management. The origin can be either company specific or systemic.  Management of these risks is a shared responsibility throughout the organization using the following management processes.  An annual business planning process occurs where market, competitive and economic factors that could have a negative impact on earnings are addressed with action plans developed to deal with these factors.  Additionally, monthly reporting and analysis at a line of business and support unit level is performed and reviewed.


Reputational Risk


Reputational risk normally results as a consequence of events related to other risks previously discussed.  Therefore, an adequate management of all the different financial and non-financial risk is critical to mitigate and control reputational risk.  Management of this risk also involves brand management, community involvement and internal and external communication.


Market Risk Management


The effective management of market risk is essential to achieving the Company’s strategic financial objectives.  As a financial institution, the Company’s most significant market risk exposure is interest rate risk in its balance sheet; however, market risk also includes product liquidity risk, price risk and volatility risk in the Company’s lines of business.  The primary objectives of market risk management are to minimize any adverse effect that changes in market risk factors may have on net interest income, and to offset the risk of price changes for certain assets recorded at fair value.


Interest Rate Market Risk


The Company’s net interest income and the fair value of its financial instruments are influenced by changes in the level of interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by its Asset/Liability Committee. The Asset/Liability Committee meets regularly and has responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company.


Management utilizes an interest rate simulation model to estimate the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates. Such estimates are based upon a number of assumptions for each scenario, including the level of balance sheet growth, deposit repricing characteristics and the rate of prepayments.


84


---

Table of Contents


The estimated impact on the Company’s net interest income sensitivity over a one-year time horizon at December 31, 2013 , is shown in the table below along with comparable prior-year information.  Such analysis assumes a gradual and sustained parallel shift in interest rates, expectations of balance sheet growth and composition and the Company’s estimate of how interest-bearing transaction accounts would reprice in each scenario using current yield curves at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.


Table 31Net Interest Income SensitivityEstimated % Change in Net Interest IncomeDecember 31, 2013December 31, 2012Rate Change+ 200 basis points8.15%8.26%+ 100 basis points4.113.85No Change——- 25 basis points(1.65)(1.39)


Management modeled only a 25 basis point decline because larger declines would have resulted in a federal funds rate of less than zero.


EVE is a long-term measure of interest rate risk that measures the change in market value of assets less change in market value of liabilities against the current capital position for a given change in interest rates.  This measurement only values existing business without consideration for new business or potential management actions.  Inherent in this calculation are many assumptions used to project lifetime cash flows for every item on the balance sheet that may or may not be realized, such as deposit decay rates, prepayment speeds and spread assumptions.  The following table shows the effect that the indicated changes in interest rates would have on EVE.


Table 32Economic Value of EquityEstimated % Change in Economic Value of EquityDecember 31, 2013December 31, 2012Rate Change+ 200 basis points(0.82)%4.48%+ 100 basis points(0.13)3.05No Change——- 25 basis points(0.35)(1.35)


The Company is also subject to trading risk.  The Company utilizes various tools to measure and manage price risk in its trading portfolios.  In addition, the Board of Directors has established certain limits relative to positions and activities.  The level of price risk exposure at any given point in time depends on the market environment and expectation of future price and market movements, and will vary from period to period.


Derivatives


The Company uses derivatives primarily to manage economic risks related to commercial loans, mortgage banking operations, long-term debt and other funding sources. The Company also uses derivatives to facilitate transactions on behalf of its clients. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had derivative financial instruments outstanding with notional amounts of $18.1 billion . The estimated net fair value of open contracts was in an asset position of $127 million at December 31, 2013 .  For additional information about derivatives, refer to Note 13 , Derivatives and Hedging , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .


Liquidity Management


Liquidity is the ability of the Company to convert assets into cash or cash equivalents without significant loss and to raise additional funds by increasing liabilities. Liquidity management involves maintaining the Company’s ability to meet the day-to-day cash flow requirements of its customers, whether they are depositors wishing to withdraw funds


85


---

Table of Contents


or borrowers requiring funds to meet their credit needs. Without proper liquidity management, the Company would not be able to perform the primary function of a financial intermediary and would, therefore, not be able to meet the needs of the communities it serves.


The Company regularly assesses liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and changes in credit ratings.  The assessment includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios.  The assessment provides regular monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity.


The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through unencumbered securities available for sale, loan principal and interest payments, maturities and prepayments of investment securities held to maturity and, to a lesser extent, sales of investment securities available for sale and trading account assets.  Other short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and maturing interest bearing deposits with other banks, are additional sources of liquidity.


The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity through various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts and through FHLB and other borrowings.  Brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings as well as excess borrowing capacity with the FHLB are additional sources of liquidity and, basically, represent the Company’s incremental borrowing capacity.  These sources of liquidity are used as necessary to fund asset growth and meet short-term liquidity needs.


In addition to the Company’s financial performance and condition, liquidity may be impacted by the Company’s structure as a bank holding company that is a separate legal entity from the Bank.  The Parent requires cash for various operating needs including payment of dividends to its shareholder, the servicing of debt, and the payment of general corporate expenses.  The primary source of liquidity for the Parent is dividends paid by the Bank. Applicable federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank.  In addition to the formal statutes and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of the Bank’s total capital in relation to its assets, deposits and other such items.  Due to the net earnings restrictions on dividend distributions, the Bank did not have the ability to pay dividends at December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012 without regulatory approval.  Appropriate limits and guidelines are in place to ensure the Parent has sufficient cash to meet operating expenses and other commitments over the next 18 months without relying on subsidiaries or capital markets for funding.  Any future dividends paid from the Parent must be set forth as capital actions in the Company's capital plans and not objected to by the Federal Reserve before any dividends can be paid.


The Company’s ability to raise funding at competitive prices is affected by the rating agencies’ views of the Company’s credit quality, liquidity, capital and earnings.  Management meets with the rating agencies on a routine basis to discuss the current outlook for the Company.


Management believes that the current sources of liquidity are adequate to meet the Company’s requirements and plans for continued growth.  See Note  11 , FHLB and Other Borrowings , Note 12 , Capital Securities and Preferred Stock , and Note 15 , Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding outstanding balances of sources of liquidity and contractual commitments and obligations.


86


---

Table of Contents


The following tables present information about the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 .


Table 33Contractual Obligations (1)Payments Due by PeriodTotalLess than 1 year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore than 5 YearsIndeterminable Maturity(In Thousands)FHLB and other borrowings$4,298,707$751,595$2,061,381$758,818$726,913$—Short-term borrowings(2)858,161858,161————Capital lease obligations30,4332,9074,3354,60818,583—Operating leases468,11761,210107,29485,335214,278—Deposits (3)54,437,4906,641,6783,226,5421,608,178490,63342,470,459Unrecognized income tax benefits31,9915,93011,785—14,276—Total$60,124,899$8,321,481$5,411,337$2,456,939$1,464,683$42,470,459


|    |                                                     
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Amounts do not include associated interest payments.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                                        
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Includes federal funds purchased and borrowings with an original maturity of less than one year.  For more information, see Note10of theNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

|    |                                                                                                                                                    
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Deposits with indeterminable maturity include noninterest bearing demand, savings, interest-bearing transaction accounts and money market accounts.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements


The following table presents information about the Company's commitments at December 31, 2013 .


Table 34Commitments2013(In Thousands)Commitments to extend credit$26,545,608Standby and commercial letters of credit2,093,159Total$28,638,767


Capital


The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking regulators.  Failure to meet minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements can subject the Company and the Bank to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions.  Currently, there are two basic measures of capital adequacy: the risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio.


The risk-based capital framework is designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in credit, market and operational risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposures and certain types of interest rate risk, and to minimize the disincentives for holding liquid and low-risk assets.  Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each associated with specified risk weights.  The resulting risk-based capital ratios represent the ratio of a banking organization's regulatory capital to its total risk weighted assets.  Banking organizations that are considered to have excessive interest rate risk exposure are required to maintain higher levels of capital as a supervisory matter.


In the U.S. regulatory capital context, the leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization's Tier 1 capital to its quarterly average on-balance sheet assets.  The leverage ratio is a non-risk based measure of capital adequacy because a bank's on-balance sheet assets are not adjusted for risk for purposes of calculating the leverage ratio.


The Company’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.62% at December 31, 2013 compared to 11.68% at December 31, 2012 .  The Company's leverage ratio was 9.87% at December 31, 2013 compared to 9.43% at December 31, 2012 .  The Company regularly performs stress testing on its capital levels and is required to periodically submit the Company’s capital plan to the banking regulators.


87


---

Table of Contents


Please refer to Item 1. Business - Supervision and Regulation - Capital Requirements and Item 1A. - Risk Factors for more information regarding regulatory capital requirements.  Also, see Note 16 , Regulatory Matters and Dividends from Subsidiaries , in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.


The following table shows the calculation of capital ratios for the Company.


Table 35Capital RatiosDecember 31,20132012(Dollars in Thousands)Risk-based capital:Tier 1 Capital$6,613,885$5,969,976Total Qualifying Capital7,822,8587,296,721Assets:Total risk-adjusted assets (regulatory)$56,934,859$51,111,442Ratios:Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio11.62%11.68%Total risk-based capital ratio13.74%14.28%Leverage ratio9.87%9.43%


At December 31, 2013 , the regulatory capital ratios of the Bank exceeded the “well-capitalized” standard for banks as defined in the existing prompt corrective action framework.  The Company continually monitors these ratios to ensure that the Bank exceeds this standard.


The U.S. Basel III final rule revises the capital ratio thresholds in the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new Basel III capital ratios.  This aspect of the U.S. Basel III will become effective on January 1, 2015.


Effects of Inflation


The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation.  However, inflation does have an important impact on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting need to increase equity capital at higher than normal rates in order to maintain an appropriate equity-to-assets ratio.  Inflation also affects other expenses that tend to rise during periods of general inflation.


Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of the Company’s ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates.  Management attempts to maintain a balanced position between rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to minimize the impact of interest rate fluctuations on net interest income.  However, this goal can be difficult to completely achieve in times of rapidly changing interest rates and is one of many factors considered in determining the Company’s interest rate positioning.  The Company is asset sensitive as of December 31, 2013 .  Refer to Table 31, Net Interest Income Sensitivity, for additional details on the Company’s interest rate sensitivity.


Effects of Deflation


A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions.  Potentially, deflation could lead to lower profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through increasing the value of debt while decreasing the value of collateral for loans.  If the economy experienced a severe period of deflation, then it could depress loan demand, impair the ability of borrowers to repay loans and sharply reduce bank earnings.


Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to the Company’s ability to maintain a high amount of capital to cushion against future losses.  In addition, the Company can utilize


88


---

Table of Contents


certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to develop.


89


---

Table of Contents


Quarterly Financial Results


The accompanying table presents condensed information relating to quarterly periods for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Table 36Quarterly Financial Summary(Unaudited)20132012Fourth QuarterThird QuarterSecond QuarterFirst QuarterFourth QuarterThird QuarterSecond QuarterFirst Quarter(In Thousands)Summary of Operations:Interest income$577,129$569,556$580,770$595,801$660,066$616,012$614,367$601,091Interest expense69,62067,64570,45572,85571,63767,98459,28462,649Net interest income507,509501,911510,315522,946588,429548,028555,083538,442Provision for loan losses26,16037,53424,23719,6152,7612,0738,49816,139Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses481,349464,377486,078503,331585,668545,955546,585522,303Noninterest income189,415210,985249,013205,377203,491199,281250,925196,351Noninterest expense576,671522,139554,700545,665645,314566,452595,238544,843Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)94,093153,223180,391163,043143,845178,784202,272173,811Provision for income taxes24,78741,93051,59652,50747,27652,72364,41655,286Net income (loss)$69,306$111,293$128,795$110,536$96,569$126,061$137,856$118,525Noncontrolling interest486647568393588554540456Net income (loss) attributable to shareholder$68,820$110,646$128,227$110,143$95,981$125,507$137,316$118,069Selected Average Balances:Average Balances:Loans (1)$50,506,422$48,822,516$46,791,135$45,656,547$45,188,234$44,987,636$43,834,026$42,443,025Assets72,099,57669,325,34369,944,55869,855,22668,848,41467,172,34065,127,48964,693,138Deposits53,755,93751,916,79152,473,02452,057,56050,708,70349,060,36047,410,60946,990,112FHLB and other borrowings4,508,8234,304,9414,039,7324,221,0344,599,5964,780,9364,366,6744,160,677Shareholder’s equity11,491,75311,361,99111,342,87411,148,89611,082,09810,978,49310,860,65210,700,522


|    |                              
|--- | -----------------------------
|(1) | Includes loans held for sale.




|         |                                                           
|-------- | ----------------------------------------------------------
|Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

See “Market Risk Management” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is incorporated herein by reference.


90


---

Table of Contents


|        |                                            
|------- | -------------------------------------------
|Item 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries Financial StatementsAudited Consolidated Financial Statements:Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm92Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 201293Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 201194Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 201195Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 201196Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 201197Notes to the December 31, 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements98


91


---

Table of Contents








REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM











To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of


BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.


Houston, TX





We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP





Birmingham, AL


March 28, 2014





92


---

Table of Contents





BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESCONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETSDecember 31,20132012(In Thousands)Assets:Cash and due from banks$3,563,349$6,139,018Federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest bearing deposits35,11119,424Cash and cash equivalents3,598,4606,158,442Trading account assets319,930545,780Investment securities available for sale8,313,0857,988,430Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $1,405,258 and $1,416,723 for 2013 and 2012, respectively)1,519,1961,507,929Loans held for sale (includes $139,750 and $312,171 measured at fair value for 2013 and 2012, respectively)147,109322,065Loans50,667,01645,011,543Allowance for loan losses(700,719)(802,853)Net loans49,966,29744,208,690Premises and equipment, net1,420,9881,433,961Bank owned life insurance683,224671,888Goodwill4,971,6454,971,645Other intangible assets109,040169,731FDIC indemnification asset24,315271,928Other real estate owned23,22868,568Other assets868,959917,638Total assets$71,965,476$69,236,695Liabilities:Deposits:Noninterest bearing$15,377,844$14,436,539Interest bearing39,059,64637,206,239Total deposits54,437,49051,642,778FHLB and other borrowings4,298,7074,273,279Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase852,5701,101,591Other short-term borrowings5,5913,763Accrued expenses and other liabilities883,3591,131,711Total liabilities60,477,71758,153,122Shareholder’s Equity:Common stock — $0.01 par value:Authorized — 300,000,000 sharesIssued — 220,723,876 and 217,280,083 shares for 2013 and 2012, respectively2,2072,173Surplus15,273,21815,172,910Retained deficit(3,728,737)(4,146,573)Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income(87,936)26,058Total BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. shareholder’s equity11,458,75211,054,568Noncontrolling interests29,00729,005Total shareholder’s equity11,487,75911,083,573Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity$71,965,476$69,236,695


See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


93


---

Table of Contents


BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOMEYears Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Interest income:Interest and fees on loans$2,111,160$2,239,161$2,336,273Interest on investment securities available for sale178,301220,353242,870Interest on investment securities held to maturity30,63229,40629,046Interest on federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest bearing deposits192230149Interest on trading account assets2,9712,3861,436Total interest income2,323,2562,491,5362,609,774Interest expense:Interest on deposits212,100192,644218,957Interest on FHLB and other borrowings66,27566,01457,892Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase2,0822,7833,828Interest on other short-term borrowings11811348Total interest expense280,575261,554280,725Net interest income2,042,6812,229,9822,329,049Provision for loan losses107,54629,471428,633Net interest income after provision for loan losses1,935,1352,200,5111,900,416Noninterest income:Service charges on deposit accounts221,413254,675250,332Card and merchant processing fees102,189101,540153,804Retail investment sales97,27697,504108,767Asset management fees40,93937,84839,160Corporate and correspondent investment sales35,67438,0143,126Mortgage banking income35,39950,75913,958Bank owned life insurance17,74720,33521,115Insurance commissions7539,46927,367Investment securities gains, net31,37112,83250,078Gain on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings21,77538,3595,351Other250,254188,713180,155Total noninterest income854,790850,048853,213Noninterest expense:Salaries, benefits and commissions1,005,2441,003,0101,005,276FDIC indemnification expense267,159372,496358,486Equipment208,059173,459151,225Professional services191,402176,266163,768Net occupancy157,737153,429153,703Amortization of intangibles60,69191,746108,336FDIC insurance41,42186,925121,145Marketing37,35228,23330,253Communications25,96530,34931,876Goodwill impairment——2,003,800Securities impairment:Other-than-temporary impairment7,1075,7153,607Less: non-credit portion recognized in other comprehensive income3,2434,72861Total securities impairment3,8649873,546Other200,281234,947261,404Total noninterest expense2,199,1752,351,8474,392,818Net income (loss) before income tax expense590,750698,712(1,639,189)Income tax expense170,820219,70198,175Net income (loss)419,930479,011(1,737,364)Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests2,0942,1382,011Net income (loss) attributable to shareholder$417,836$476,873$(1,739,375)
 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


94


---

Table of Contents





BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)Years Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Net income (loss)$419,930$479,011$(1,737,364)Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period from securities available for sale(108,490)(4,922)57,836Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains (losses) on sale of securities available for sale in net income19,9708,35231,699Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale(128,460)(13,274)26,137Change in unamortized net holding losses on investment securities held to maturity10,59121,90417,075Less: non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity2,0653,07739Change in unamortized non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity1,520562960Net change in unamortized holding losses on securities held to maturity10,04619,38917,996Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period from cash flow hedge instruments8,098(2,824)(1,844)Change in defined benefit plans(3,678)(7,188)10,983Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(113,994)(3,897)53,272Comprehensive income (loss)305,936475,114(1,684,092)Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests2,0942,1382,011Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to shareholder$303,842$472,976$(1,686,103)
 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


95


---

Table of Contents





BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITYCommon StockSurplusRetained DeficitAccumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)Non-controlling InterestsTotal Shareholder’s Equity(In Thousands)Balance, January 1, 2011$2,173$15,089,272$(2,884,071)$(23,317)$29,044$12,213,101Net income (loss)——(1,739,375)—2,011(1,737,364)Other comprehensive income, net of tax———53,272—53,272Dividends————(2,093)(2,093)Capital contributions from Parent—75,000———75,000Settlement of BBVA forward contract—2,598———2,598Forfeiture of restricted stock—1,550———1,550Restricted stock retained to cover taxes—(2,196)———(2,196)Amortization of stock-based deferred compensation—13,196———13,196Balance, December 31, 2011$2,173$15,179,420$(4,623,446)$29,955$28,962$10,617,064Net income——476,873—2,138479,011Other comprehensive loss, net of tax———(3,897)—(3,897)Dividends————(2,095)(2,095)Vesting of restricted stock—(11,872)———(11,872)Restricted stock retained to cover taxes—(1,458)———(1,458)Amortization of stock-based deferred compensation—6,820———6,820Balance, December 31, 2012$2,173$15,172,910$(4,146,573)$26,058$29,005$11,083,573Net income——417,836—2,094419,930Other comprehensive loss, net of tax———(113,994)—(113,994)Issuance of common stock3499,966———100,000Dividends————(2,092)(2,092)Vesting of restricted stock—(5,741)———(5,741)Restricted stock retained to cover taxes—(2,228)———(2,228)Amortization of stock-based deferred compensation—8,311———8,311Balance, December 31, 2013$2,207$15,273,218$(3,728,737)$(87,936)$29,007$11,487,759
 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





96


---

Table of Contents


BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWSYears Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Operating Activities:Net income (loss)$419,930$479,011$(1,737,364)Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:Depreciation and amortization298,996283,483217,180Goodwill impairment——2,003,800Securities impairment3,8649873,546Amortization of intangibles60,69191,746108,336Accretion of discount, loan fees and purchase market adjustments, net(299,018)(406,410)(489,986)Net change in FDIC indemnification asset267,159372,496358,486Provision for loan losses107,54629,471428,633Amortization of stock based compensation8,3116,82013,196Net change in trading account assets225,85065,738(159,734)Net change in trading account liabilities(233,745)(107,021)203,092Net change in loans held for sale266,35655,434(54,236)Deferred tax expense34,130109,33751,750Investment securities gains, net(31,371)(12,832)(50,078)Gain on prepayment of FHLB and other borrowings(21,775)(38,359)(5,351)Loss on sale of premises and equipment11,6614,9593,172Net (gain) loss on sale of other real estate and other assets(8,458)37,44929,964Gain on sale of insurance business unit—(15,100)—Decrease in other assets18,40222,904165,933Increase in other liabilities6,864111,03330,425Net cash provided by operating activities1,135,3931,091,1461,120,764Investing Activities:Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale1,126,609540,993967,959Proceeds from prepayments, maturities and calls of investment securities available for sale1,968,8032,018,2491,548,964Purchases of investment securities available for sale(3,719,792)(2,669,103)(3,206,972)Proceeds from prepayments, maturities and calls of investment securities held to maturity212,483146,537136,798Purchases of investment securities held to maturity(210,830)(320,699)(184,833)Net change in loan portfolio(5,907,928)(3,598,463)(2,119,609)Net cash paid in post acquisition earnout—(3,589)—Purchase of premises and equipment(167,231)(203,900)(268,746)Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment2334,78024,564Net proceeds from divestiture—29,323—Proceeds from sales of loans203,958382,934276,352(Payments to) reimbursements from FDIC for covered losses(19,546)1,82174,937Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned101,677179,017321,290Net cash used in investing activities(6,411,564)(3,492,100)(2,429,296)Financing Activities:Net increase in demand deposits, NOW accounts and savings accounts2,921,0464,173,9392,549,064Net (decrease) increase in time deposits(126,256)1,407,844(1,896,650)Net decrease in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase(249,021)(235,251)(490,206)Net increase (decrease) in other short-term borrowings1,8281,160(72,359)Proceeds from FHLB and other borrowings425,0002,185,9922,775,000Repayment of FHLB and other borrowings(346,347)(2,052,023)(1,706,986)Capital contribution from parent——75,000Vesting of restricted stock(5,741)(11,872)—Restricted stock grants retained to cover taxes(2,228)(1,458)(2,196)Issuance of common stock100,000——Preferred dividends paid(2,092)(2,095)(2,093)Net cash provided by financing activities2,716,1895,466,2361,228,574Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(2,559,982)3,065,282(79,958)Cash and cash equivalents, January 16,158,4423,093,1603,173,118Cash and cash equivalents, December 31$3,598,460$6,158,442$3,093,160
 See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


97


---

BBVA COMPASS BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





( 1 ) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of BBVA.


At December 31, 2012, the Company operated under a two-tier holding company structure that consisted of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., the top tier U.S. holding company, which controlled a mid-tier holding company, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.  On May 14, 2013, the mid-tier holding company was merged into the top tier U.S. holding company.  Subsequent to the merger, the surviving entity's name was changed to BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.  All references to the “Company” herein shall be used to describe the activities of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (formerly known as BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.) and its subsidiaries.  Where a distinction is necessary, the term “Parent” shall be used to describe those activities of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (formerly known as BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.).  All references to the mid-tier holding company shall be used to describe the activities of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. prior to the May 14, 2013 merger and name change.


The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .  All intercompany accounts and transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.


The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, to determine if either recognition or disclosure of significant events or transactions is required.


The accounting policies followed by the Company and its subsidiaries and the methods of applying these policies conform with U.S. GAAP and with general practices within the banking industry.  Certain policies that significantly affect the determination of financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below.


Nature of Operations


The Bank, headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama, operates banking centers in Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico and Texas.  The Bank operates under the brand name BBVA Compass, which is a trade name and trademark of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.


The Bank performs banking services customary for full service banks of similar size and character. Such services include receiving demand and time deposits, making personal and commercial loans and furnishing personal and commercial checking accounts. The Bank offers, either directly or through its subsidiaries and affiliates, a variety of fiduciary services, including portfolio management and administration and investment services to estates, trusts and employee benefit plans; term life insurance, variable annuities, property and casualty insurance and other insurance products; investment advisory services; a variety of investment services and products to institutional and individual investors; discount brokerage services, mutual funds and fixed-rate annuities; and lease financing services.


Use of Estimates


The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period, the most significant of which relate to the allowance for loan losses, goodwill impairment, fair value measurements and income taxes.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Cash and cash equivalents


The Company classifies cash on hand, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest bearing deposits as cash and cash equivalents.  These instruments have original maturities of three months or less.  Accordingly, the carrying amount is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.


98


---

Table of Contents


Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase


Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest.  The securities pledged or received as collateral are generally U.S. government and federal agency securities.  The fair value of collateral either received from or provided to a third party is continually monitored and adjusted as deemed appropriate.


Securities


The Company classifies its investment securities into one of three categories based upon management’s intent and ability to hold the investment securities: (i) trading account assets and liabilities, (ii) investment securities held to maturity or (iii) investment securities available for sale. Investment securities held in a trading account are required to be reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.  Investment securities held to maturity are stated at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. The related amortization and accretion is determined by the interest method and is included as a noncash adjustment in the net cash provided by operating activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  The Company has the ability, and it is management’s intention, to hold such securities to maturity.  Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value.  Increases and decreases in the net unrealized gain or loss on the portfolio of investment securities available for sale are reflected as adjustments to the carrying value of the portfolio and as an adjustment, net of tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income.  See Note 20 , Fair Value of Financial Instruments , for information on the determination of fair value.


Interest earned on trading account assets, investment securities available for sale and investment securities held to maturity is included in interest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.  Net realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities available for sale, computed principally on the specific identification method, are shown separately in noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.  Net gains and losses on the sale of trading account assets and liabilities are recognized as a component of other noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


The Company regularly evaluates each held to maturity and available for sale security in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. The Company evaluates for OTTI on a specific identification basis.  In its evaluation, the Company considers such factors as the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition of the issuer, the Company’s intent to hold the security to an expected recovery in fair value and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before its fair value recovers.  The credit loss component of the OTTI on debt and equity securities is recognized in earnings.  For debt securities, the portion of OTTI related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.  See Note 3 , Investment Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities Held to Maturity , for details of OTTI.


Loans Held for Sale


Loans held for sale include single-family real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and commercial real estate mortgage loans.  The Company applies the fair value option accounting guidance codified under the FASB's ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, for single family real estate mortgage loans originated for sale in the secondary market.  Under the fair value option, all changes in the applicable loans’ fair value are recorded in earnings.  Loans classified as held for sale that were not originated for resale in the secondary market are accounted for under the lower of cost or fair value method and are evaluated on an individual basis.


Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer


Loans with evidence of credit deterioration acquired in a transfer for which it is probable all contractual payments will not be received are accounted for under ASC Subtopic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , and are classified as Purchased Impaired Loans. The Company evaluates loans meeting the requirements of ASC Subtopic 310-30 by considering expected prepayments and estimating the expected amount and timing of undiscounted principal, interest and other cash flows at the date of acquisition. Those loans are recorded at fair value at acquisition and no allowance for loan losses is recorded at the purchase date. Revolving loans, including lines of credit and credit cards loans, and leases are excluded from ASC Subtopic 310-30 accounting.


99


---

Table of Contents


An AICPA letter dated December 18, 2009 summarized the SEC staff’s view regarding the recognition of discount accretion for acquired loans with a fair value that is lower than the contractual amounts due that are not required to be accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30. The AICPA understands that the SEC staff would not object to an accounting policy based on contractual cash flows (ASC Subtopic 310-20 approach) or an accounting policy based on expected cash flows approach (ASC Subtopic 310-30 approach). The Company believes the ASC Subtopic 310-30 approach is the more appropriate option to follow in accounting for the fair value discount for Purchased Nonimpaired Loans and, accordingly, has made a policy election to account for Purchased Nonimpaired Loans under an expected cash flows approach.


In determining the acquisition date fair value of loans subject to ASC Subtopic 310-30, and in subsequent accounting, the Company generally aggregates purchased loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics, while accounting for certain commercial loans individually. Expected cash flows at the purchase date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans if the timing and amount of the future cash flows are reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the purchase date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in expected cash flows after the purchase date are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses.


Loans


Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are considered held for investment. Loans are stated at principal outstanding adjusted for charge-offs, deferred fees and direct costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest income on loans is recognized on the level yield method. Loan fees, net of direct costs, and unamortized premiums and discounts are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to the yield of the related loan over the term of the loan and are included as a noncash adjustment in the net cash provided by operating activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. For additional information related to the Company’s loan portfolio by type, refer to Note 4 , Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses .


It is the general policy of the Company to stop accruing interest income and apply subsequent interest payments as principal reductions when any commercial, industrial, commercial real estate or construction loan is 90 days or more past due as to principal or interest and/or the ultimate collection of either is in doubt, unless collection of both principal and interest is assured by way of collateralization, guarantees or other security, or the loan is accounted for under the ASC Subtopic 310-30.  Accrual of interest income on consumer loans, including residential real estate loans, is generally suspended when any payment of principal or interest is more than 120 days delinquent or when foreclosure proceedings have been initiated or repossession of the underlying collateral has occurred. When a loan is placed on a nonaccrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current interest income unless the fair value of the collateral for the loan is sufficient to cover the accrued interest.


In general, a loan is returned to accrual status when none of its principal and interest is due and unpaid and the Company expects repayments of the remaining contractual principal and interest or when it is determined to be well secured and in the process of collection.  Charge-offs on commercial loans are recognized when available information confirms that some or all of the balance is uncollectible. Consumer loans are subject to mandatory charge-off at a specified delinquency date consistent with regulatory guidelines. In general, charge-offs on consumer loans are recognized at the earlier of the month of liquidation or the month the loan becomes 120 days past due; residential loan deficiencies are charged off in the month the loan becomes 180 days past due; and credit card loans are charged off before the end of the month when the loan becomes 180 days past due with the related interest accrued but not collected reversed against current income. The Company determines past due or delinquency status of a loan based on contractual payment terms.


All nonaccrual loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring are considered impaired, excluding Purchased Impaired Loans. Purchased Impaired Loans are classified as impaired only if there is evidence of credit deterioration subsequent to acquisition. The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans classified as nonaccrual is consistent with its nonaccrual policy. The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on accruing impaired loans is consistent with its interest recognition policy for accruing loans.


100


---

Table of Contents


Troubled Debt Restructurings


A loan is accounted for as a TDR if the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider.  A TDR typically involves a modification of terms such as establishment of a below market interest rate, a reduction in the face amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk. The Company’s policy for measuring impairment on TDRs, including TDRs that have defaulted, is consistent with its impairment measurement process for all impaired loans. The Company’s policy for returning nonaccrual TDRs to accrual status is consistent with its return to accrual policy for all other loans.


Allowance for Loan Losses


The amount of the provision for loan losses charged to income is determined on the basis of numerous factors including actual loss experience, identified loan impairment, current economic conditions and periodic examinations and appraisals of the loan portfolio. Such provisions, less net loan charge-offs, comprise the allowance for loan losses which is deducted from loans and is maintained at a level management considers to be adequate to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio.


The Company monitors the entire loan portfolio, including loans acquired in business combinations, in an effort to identify problem loans so that risks in the portfolio can be identified on a timely basis and an appropriate allowance maintained.  Loan review procedures, including loan grading, periodic credit rescoring and trend analysis of portfolio performance, are utilized by the Company in order to ensure that potential problem loans are identified.  Management’s involvement continues throughout the process and includes participation in the work-out process and recovery activity. These formalized procedures are monitored internally and by regulatory agencies.


The allowance for loan losses is established as follows:


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Loans with outstanding balances greater than$1 millionthat are nonaccrual and all TDRs are evaluated individually with specific reserves allocated based on the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except where foreclosure or liquidation is probable or when the primary source of repayment is provided by real estate collateral. In these circumstances, impairment is measured based upon the fair value less cost to sell of the collateral. In addition, in certain rare circumstances, impairment may be based on the loan’s observable fair value.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Loans in the remainder of the portfolio, including nonaccrual loans with balances of less than$1 million, are collectively evaluated for impairment with the allowance based on historical loss experience which uses historical average net charge-off percentages.  In the event the Company believes a specific portfolio's historical loss experience does not adequately capture current inherent losses, the historical loss experience is adjusted.  This adjustment to the historical loss experience can be positive or negative and will take into consideration relevant factors to the allowance such as changes in the portfolio composition, the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans, and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans.  The assessment for whether to adjust takes place individually for each loan product.

The historical loss methodology uses historical annualized average net charge-off percentage to calculate the provision for loan and lease losses. The factor is calculated by taking the average of the net charge-offs over the life cycle available, currently 6 years.


For commercial loans, where management has determined to adjust the historical loss experience, the estimate of loss based on pools of loans with similar characteristics is made by applying a  PD factor and a LGD factor to each individual loan based on a continuously updated loan grade, using a standardized loan grading system. The PD factor and LGD factor are determined for each loan grade using statistical models based on historical performance data. The PD factor considers on-going reviews of the financial performance of the specific borrower, including cash flow, debt-service coverage ratio, earnings power, debt level and equity position, in conjunction with an assessment of the borrower’s industry and future prospects. The PD factor considers current rating unless the account is delinquent over 60 days, in which case a higher PD factor is used. The LGD factor considers analysis of the type of collateral and the relative LTV ratio. These reserve factors are developed based on credit migration models that track historical movements of loans between loan ratings


101


---

Table of Contents


over time and long-term average loss experience. The historical time frames currently used for PDs and LGDs are 5 and 6 years, respectively.


For consumer loans, where management has determined to adjust the historical loss experience, the estimate of loss based on pools of loans with similar characteristics is also made by applying a PD and a LGD factor.  The PD factor considers current credit scores unless the account is delinquent over 60 days, in which case a higher PD factor is used. The credit score provides a basis for understanding the borrower’s past and current payment performance. The LGD factor considers analysis of the type of collateral and the relative LTV ratio. Credit scores, models, analyses, and other factors used to determine both the PD and LGD factors are updated frequently to capture the recent behavioral characteristics of the subject portfolios, as well as any changes in loss mitigation or credit origination strategies, and adjustments to the reserve factors are made as required. The historical time frames currently used for PDs and LGDs are 5 and 6 years, respectively.


Additionally, a portion of the allowance is for inherent losses which are probable to exist as of the valuation date even though they may not have been identified by the objective processes used for the allocated portion of the allowance. This portion of the allowance is particularly subjective and requires judgment based upon qualitative factors. Some of the factors considered are changes in credit concentrations, loan mix, changes in underwriting practices, including the extent of portfolios of acquired institutions, historical loss experience and the general economic environment in the Company’s markets.  While the total allowance is described as consisting of separate portions, these terms are primarily used to describe a process.  All portions of the allowance are available to support inherent losses in the loan portfolio.


In order to estimate a reserve for unfunded commitments, the Company uses a process consistent with that used in developing the allowance for loan losses. The Company estimates the future funding of current unfunded commitments based on historical funding experience of these commitments before default. Allowance for loan loss factors, which are based on product and loan grade and are consistent with the factors used for portfolio loans, are applied to these funding estimates to arrive at the reserve balance. This reserve for unfunded commitments is recognized in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes recognized in other noninterest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Premises and Equipment


Premises, furniture, fixtures, equipment, assets under capital leases and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization.  Land is stated at cost. In addition, purchased software and costs of computer software developed for internal use are capitalized provided certain criteria are met.  Depreciation is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which ranges between 1 and 40 years.  Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.


Bank Owned Life Insurance


The Company maintains life insurance policies on certain of its executives and employees and is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. The Company invests in these policies, known as BOLI, to provide an efficient form of funding for long-term retirement and other employee benefits costs. The Company records these BOLI policies within bank owned life insurance on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at each policy’s respective cash surrender value, with changes recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Goodwill


Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets associated with acquisition transactions.  Goodwill is assigned to each of the Company’s reporting units and tested for impairment annually or on an interim basis if events or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value.


The Company has defined its reporting unit structure to include: Wealth and Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking.  The fair value of each reporting unit is estimated using a combination of the present value of future expected cash flows and hypothetical market prices of similar entities and like transactions.


102


---

Table of Contents


Each of the defined reporting units was tested for impairment as of October 31, 2013 .  The Company’s October 31, 2013 , impairment test indicated no impairment at the test date.  See Note 8 , Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets , for a further discussion.


Other Intangible Assets


Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in a combination with a related contract, asset or liability.  Generally, other intangible assets are deemed to have finite lives.  Accordingly, other intangible assets are amortized over their anticipated estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances warrant an evaluation.  Other intangible assets are amortized over a period based on the expected life of the intangible, generally 8 - 10 years for core deposits and up to 20 years for other intangible assets.


Other Real Estate Owned


Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of recorded balance or fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.  Gains and losses on the sales and write downs on such properties are included in other noninterest income.  Operating expenses from these OREO properties are included in other noninterest expense.


Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets


The Company accounts for transfers of financial assets as sales when control over the transferred assets is surrendered.  Control is generally considered to have been surrendered when (1) the transferred assets are legally isolated from the Company, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets with no conditions that constrain the transferee and provide more than a trivial benefit to the Company, and (3) the Company does not maintain the obligation or unilateral ability to reclaim or repurchase the assets. If these sale criteria are met, the transferred assets are removed from the Company's balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing, and the assets remain on the Company's balance sheet, the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability, and gain or loss on sale is deferred until the sale criterion are achieved.


The Company has one primary class of MSR related to residential real estate mortgages. These mortgage servicing rights are recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of mortgage banking income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.  See Note 5 , Loan Sales and Servicing , for a further discussion.


Advertising Costs


Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred and recorded as marketing expense, a component of noninterest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Income Taxes


The Company and its eligible subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return.  The Company files separate tax returns for subsidiaries that are not eligible to be included in the consolidated federal income tax return.  Based on the laws of the respective states where it conducts business operations, the Company either files consolidated, combined or separate tax returns.


Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are anticipated to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period the change is incurred.  In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company must consider all available evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and


103


---

Table of Contents


the results of recent operations. A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset, if based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.


The Company recognizes income tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions, when, in its judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority.  For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company initially and subsequently measures the tax benefit as the largest amount that the Company judges to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority.


The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of other noninterest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.  Accrued interest and penalties are included within accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.


Noncontrolling Interests


The Company applies the accounting guidance codified in ASC Topic 810, Consolidation , related to the treatment of noncontrolling interests.  This guidance requires the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interests be clearly identified and presented on the face of the consolidated financial statements.


Upon adoption of this guidance, the Company no longer reports the noncontrolling interests attributable to its REIT preferred securities and mezzanine investment fund as liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 12 , Capital Securities and Preferred Stock , for a discussion of the preferred securities).  Rather, the noncontrolling interests are reported within shareholder’s equity, separately from the equity attributable to the Company’s shareholder.  Additionally, the dividends paid to the REIT preferred shareholders and other mezzanine investment fund investors, previously reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income as an expense, are now reported as reductions in shareholder’s equity in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity, separately from changes in the equity attributable to the Company’s shareholder.


Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities


A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate.  These instruments include interest rate swaps, caps, floors, financial forwards and futures contracts, foreign exchange contracts, options written and purchased, and commodity contracts.  The Company mainly uses derivatives to manage economic risk related to commercial loans, long-term debt and other funding sources.  The Company also uses derivatives to facilitate transactions on behalf of its customers.


All derivative instruments are recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value.  The Company does not offset fair value amounts under master netting agreements.  Fair values are estimated using pricing models and current market data.  On the date the derivative instrument contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as (1) a fair value hedge, (2) a cash flow hedge, or (3) a free-standing derivative.  Changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in earnings.  Changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument that is highly effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows (e.g., when periodic settlements on a variable-rate asset or liability are recorded in earnings).  Changes in the fair value of a free-standing derivative and settlements on the instruments are reported in earnings.


The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  This process includes linking all derivative instruments that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.  The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.


The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when:  (1) it is determined that the derivative instrument is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (3)


104


---

Table of Contents


the derivative instrument is de-designated as a hedge instrument because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; (4) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designation of the derivative instrument as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.


When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative instrument no longer qualifies as an effective fair value or cash flow hedge, the derivative instrument continues to be carried on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at its fair value, with changes in the fair value included in earnings.  Additionally, for fair value hedges, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted as an adjustment to the yield over the remaining life of the asset or liability.  For cash flow hedges, when hedge accounting is discontinued, but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transaction are still expected to occur, the unrealized gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognized in earnings in the same period when the earnings are affected by the hedged cash flows or forecasted transaction.  When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, because the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are not expected to occur, unrealized gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognized in earnings immediately.


Recently Issued Accounting Standards


Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities


In December 2011 , the FASB issued ASU 2011-11 , Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities , which is an amendment to ASC Topic 210, Balance Sheet . This ASU requires companies to disclose information about financial instruments that have been offset and related arrangements to enable investors and other users of their financial statements to understand the effect or potential effect of those arrangements on their financial positions. This ASU did not change the existing offsetting eligibility criteria or the permitted balance sheet presentation for those instruments that meet the eligibility criteria, but does require new disclosures.


In January 2013 , the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities , which clarifies the scope of the offsetting disclosures and addresses any unintended consequences due to feedback from stakeholders that standard commercial provisions of many contracts would equate to a master netting arrangement. The amendments are required for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 , and interim periods within these annual periods and was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2013 . See Note 14 , Assets and Liabilities Subject to Enforceable Master Netting Arrangements , for the newly adopted disclosures related to this standard.


Indemnification Asset Accounting


In October 2012 , the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), which amends ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . The ASU requires an indemnification asset resulting from a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution to be subsequently measured on the same basis as the subsequent measurement of the underlying asset subject to indemnification. For public and nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012 , and was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2013 . The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.


Presentation of Comprehensive Income


In February 2013 , the FASB released ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income , which seeks to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments in this ASU require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. These changes were effective for the Company as of January 1, 2013 , with prospective application. This new guidance did not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the


105


---

Table of Contents


financial statements and only impacted the nature of certain disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 21 , Comprehensive Income .


Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements with Fixed Obligations


In February 2013 , the FASB released ASU 2013-04, Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) , which provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. GAAP. Examples of obligations within the scope of this ASU include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and settled litigation and judicial rulings. The guidance in this ASU requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date as the sum of (a) the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and (b) any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance in this ASU also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligations as well as other information about those obligations. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013 , with retrospective application. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.


Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate


In July 2013 , the FASB released ASU 2013-10, Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) , which permits the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to the interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and LIBOR.  This ASU also removes the restrictions on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges.  These amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 .  The amended guidance did not have a material impact upon adoption.


Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits


In July 2013 , the FASB released ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists .  The ASU requires that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward.  However, if a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013 . The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.


Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects


In January 2014 , the FASB released ASU 2014-01, Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects .  The ASU provides guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or investment in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low income housing tax credit.   The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met.  Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense.   The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively  to all periods presented.  A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments.  The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those


106


---

Table of Contents


years, beginning after December 15, 2014 .  The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on the financial  condition or results of operations of the Company.


Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure


In January 2014 , the FASB released ASU 2014-04, Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure . The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement.  Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction.   The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014 .  An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this ASU using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method.  The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.


(2)  Acquisition and Disposition Activities


Acquisition Activity


On April 8, 2013 , BBVA contributed all of the outstanding stock of its wholly-owned subsidiary, BSI, to the Parent.  BSI is a registered broker-dealer and engages in investment banking and institutional sales of fixed income securities.  Because of the related nature of the Company and BSI, this transaction was accounted for as a merger of entities under common control resulting in all periods prior to the transaction being retrospectively adjusted to include the historical activity of BSI.


Disposition Activity


In April 2012 , the Company sold, through an asset sale, its insurance business unit, specializing in property and casualty insurance sales.  The sale transaction generated net cash of $29.3 million and a gain on sale of business of $15.1 million , which is included in other noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  This transaction also resulted in the reduction of $9.2 million of goodwill and $5.3 million of intangible assets.


107


---

Table of Contents


(3)  Investment Securities Available for Sale and Investment Securities Held to Maturity


The following table presents the adjusted cost and approximate fair value of investment securities available for sale and investment securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


December 31, 2013Gross UnrealizedAmortized CostGainsLossesFair Value(In Thousands)Investment securities available for sale:Debt securities:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$257,844$4,338$1,245$260,937Mortgage-backed securities5,232,50475,91274,6255,233,791Collateralized mortgage obligations1,747,45023,31214,3641,756,398States and political subdivisions518,7558,04117,360509,436Other40,4152710940,333Equity securities512,13654—512,190Total$8,309,104$111,684$107,703$8,313,085Investment securities held to maturity:Collateralized mortgage obligations$145,989$19,848$3,900$161,937Asset-backed securities67,5904,0086,18365,415States and political subdivisions1,225,977843139,8161,087,004Other79,64013,1911,92990,902Total$1,519,196$37,890$151,828$1,405,258


December 31, 2012Gross UnrealizedAmortized CostGainsLossesFair Value(In Thousands)Investment securities available for sale:Debt securities:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$89,419$6,706$—$96,125Mortgage-backed securities5,080,353124,6715,5115,199,513Collateralized mortgage obligations1,656,12869,8783,1811,722,825States and political subdivisions329,33514,3191,757341,897Other129,59467143130,222Equity securities497,82424—497,848Total$7,782,653$216,269$10,492$7,988,430Investment securities held to maturity:Collateralized mortgage obligations$185,684$3,866$14,597$174,953Asset-backed securities87,5033,89610,30681,093States and political subdivisions1,151,7423,26784,3911,070,618Other83,0009,1352,07690,059Total$1,507,929$20,164$111,370$1,416,723


In the above table, equity securities include $512 million and $498 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, of FHLB and Federal Reserve stock carried at par.  At December 31, 2013 , approximately $4.8 billion of investment securities available for sale were pledged to secure public deposits and FHLB advances and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.


108


---

Table of Contents


The investments held within the states and political subdivision caption of investment securities held to maturity relates to private placement transactions underwritten as loans by the Company but that met the definition of a security within ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities .


At December 31, 2013 , approximately 96% of the total securities classified within available for sale are rated “AAA,” the highest possible rating by nationally recognized rating agencies.  The remainder of the investment securities classified within available for sale are either Federal Reserve stock, FHLB stock or money market funds.


The following table discloses the fair value and the gross unrealized losses of the Company’s available for sale securities and held to maturity securities that were in a loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  This information is aggregated by investment category and the length of time the individual securities have been in an unrealized loss position.


December 31, 2013Securities in a loss position for less than 12 monthsSecurities in a loss position for 12 months or longerTotalFair ValueUnrealized LossesFair ValueUnrealized LossesFair ValueUnrealized Losses(In Thousands)Investment securities available for sale:Debt securities:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$119,871$1,245$—$—$119,871$1,245Mortgage-backed securities2,462,82269,919339,4484,7062,802,27074,625Collateralized mortgage obligations699,6939,123108,7105,241808,40314,364States and political subdivisions164,4729,24492,4078,116256,87917,360Other4,939109——4,939109Total$3,451,797$89,640$540,565$18,063$3,992,362$107,703Investment securities held to maturity:Collateralized mortgage obligations$1,466$17$32,370$3,883$33,836$3,900Asset-backed securities——33,3626,18333,3626,183States and political subdivisions313,43826,760642,799113,056956,237139,816Other——4,6001,9294,6001,929Total$314,904$26,777$713,131$125,051$1,028,035$151,828


109


---

Table of Contents


December 31, 2012Securities in a loss position for less than 12 monthsSecurities in a loss position for 12 months or longerTotalFair ValueUnrealized LossesFair ValueUnrealized LossesFair ValueUnrealized Losses(In Thousands)Investment securities available for sale:Debt securities:Mortgage-backed securities$1,186,724$4,198$87,583$1,313$1,274,307$5,511Collateralized mortgage obligations140,8083,181——140,8083,181States and political subdivisions81,7681,6455,27511287,0431,757Other4,95043——4,95043Total$1,414,250$9,067$92,858$1,425$1,507,108$10,492Investment securities held to maturity:Collateralized mortgage obligations$23,889$1,891$84,607$12,706$108,496$14,597Asset-backed securities11,27422329,48010,08340,75410,306States and political subdivisions274,2188,989466,06075,402740,27884,391Other——4,5152,0764,5152,076Total$309,381$11,103$584,662$100,267$894,043$111,370


As noted in the previous tables, at December 31, 2013 , the Company held certain investment securities in unrealized loss positions. The increase in the total amount of unrealized losses from December 31, 2012 was primarily due to changes in interest rates. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and believes it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery.


The Company regularly evaluates each available for sale and held to maturity security in a loss position for OTTI.  In its evaluation, the Company considers such factors as the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been below cost, the financial condition of the issuer, the Company’s intent to hold the security to an expected recovery in market value and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before its fair value recovers.  Activity related to the credit loss component of the OTTI is recognized in earnings.  The portion of OTTI related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.


Management does not believe that any individual unrealized loss in the Company’s investment securities available for sale or held to maturity portfolios, presented in the preceding tables, represents an OTTI at either December 31, 2013 or 2012 , other than those noted below.


The following table discloses activity related to credit losses for debt securities where a portion of the OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31 :


201320122011(In Thousands)Balance, January 1$17,318$16,331$12,805Reductions for securities paid off during the period (realized)(239)—(20)Additions for the credit component on debt securities in which OTTI was not previously recognized270449446Additions for the credit component on debt securities in which OTTI was previously recognized3,5945383,100Balance, December 31$20,943$17,318$16,331


During the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , OTTI recognized on held to maturity securities totaled $3.9 million , $987 thousand and $3.5 million , respectively.  The investment securities primarily impacted by credit impairment are held to maturity non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities.


110


---

Table of Contents


The maturities of the securities portfolios at December 31, 2013 are presented in the following table.


Amortized CostFair Value(In Thousands)Investment securities available for sale:Maturing within one year$11,451$11,658Maturing after one but within five years144,016151,093Maturing after five but within ten years170,330171,515Maturing after ten years491,217476,440817,014810,706Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations6,979,9546,990,189Equity securities512,136512,190Total$8,309,104$8,313,085Investment securities held to maturity:Maturing within one year$671$684Maturing after one but within five years310,663288,799Maturing after five but within ten years278,588259,548Maturing after ten years783,285694,2901,373,2071,243,321Collateralized mortgage obligations145,989161,937Total$1,519,196$1,405,258





The gross realized gains and losses recognized on sales of investment securities available for sale are shown in the table below.


December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Gross gains$34,264$12,832$50,078Gross losses2,893——Net realized gains$31,371$12,832$50,078


During 2008 , the Company transferred securities with a carrying value and market value of $1.1 billion and $859 million , respectively, from investment securities available for sale to investment securities held to maturity.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 there were $34 million and $45 million , respectively, of unrealized losses, net of tax related to these securities in accumulated other comprehensive income, which are being amortized over the remaining life of those securities.


The Company had investments classified as investment securities available for sale within the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations caption which were issued by FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA that approximated 61% of total shareholder’s equity as of December 31, 2013 .  At December 31, 2013 , these investments had market values of $3.2 billion , $2.7 billion and $1.1 billion , respectively, and total amortized cost of $3.1 billion , $2.7 billion and $1.1 billion , respectively.


111


---

Table of Contents


( 4 ) Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses


The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


20132012(In Thousands)Commercial loans:Commercial, financial and agricultural$20,209,209$16,980,957Real estate – construction1,736,3481,895,931Commercial real estate – mortgage9,106,3297,707,548Total commercial loans31,051,88626,584,436Consumer loans:Residential real estate – mortgage12,706,87911,443,973Equity lines of credit2,236,3672,393,271Equity loans644,068671,616Credit card660,073625,395Consumer – direct516,572522,995Consumer – indirect2,116,9811,593,175Total consumer loans18,880,94017,250,425Total loans, excluding covered loans49,932,82643,834,861Covered loans734,1901,176,682Total loans$50,667,016$45,011,543


Unearned income totaled $212.3 million and $177.8 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , respectively. Unamortized deferred costs totaled $178.8 million and $123.9 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , respectively. Unamortized purchase discounts totaled $244.3 million and $530.3 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , respectively.


The loan portfolio is diversified geographically, by product type and by industry exposure.  Geographically, the portfolio is predominantly in the Sunbelt states, including Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Florida, New Mexico and Texas, as well as growing but modest exposure in northern and southern California. The loan portfolio’s most significant geographic presence is within Texas.  The Company monitors its exposure to various industries and adjusts loan production based on current and anticipated changes in the macro-economic environment as well as specific structural, legal and business conditions affecting each broad industry category.


At December 31, 2013 , approximately $10.8 billion of loans were pledged to secure deposits and FHLB advances and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.


Covered loans represent loans acquired from the FDIC subject to loss sharing agreements.


112


---

Table of Contents


Purchased Impaired Loans


Purchased Impaired Loans are recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets within loans, net of recorded discount.  The following table presents the unpaid principal balance, discount, allowance for loan losses and  carrying value of the Purchased Impaired Loans at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


201320122011(In Thousands)Unpaid principal balance$449,429$569,952$825,191Discount(60,069)(119,337)(210,838)Allowance for loan losses(243)(8,907)(14,430)Carrying value$389,117$441,708$599,923


An  analysis of the accretable yield related to the Purchased Impaired Loans follows.


(In Thousands)Balance at December 31, 2011$167,275Transfer from nonaccretable difference84,803Accretion(97,661)Other(17,425)Balance at December 31, 2012$136,992Transfer from nonaccretable difference36,619Accretion(66,937)Other(976)Balance at December 31, 2013$105,698


The Company had allowances of $243 thousand , $8.9 million and $14.4 million related to Purchased Impaired Loans at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Company recognized $(11.0) million , $(18.3) million and $14.7 million , respectively, of provision for loan losses attributable to credit (improvements) deterioration subsequent to acquisition of these loans.


Purchased Nonimpaired Loans


At acquisition, Purchase Nonimpaired Loans were determined to have fair value discounts, some of which were related to credit.  The portion of the fair value discount not related to credit is being accreted to interest income over the expected remaining life of the loans based on expected cash flows.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , approximately $268 million , $387 million and $385 million , respectively, of interest income was recognized on these loans.  The discount related to credit on the Purchased Nonimpaired Loans is reviewed for adequacy at each balance sheet date.  If the expected losses exceed the credit discount, an allowance for loan losses is provided.  If the expected losses are reduced, the related credit discount is accreted to interest income over the expected remaining life of the loans.


113


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents the unpaid principal balance, discount, allowance for loan losses, and carrying value of the Purchased Nonimpaired Loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


20132012(In Thousands)Unpaid principal balance$520,723$1,114,990Discount(175,893)(388,232)Allowance for loan losses(2,711)(9,106)Carrying value$342,119$717,652


The following table reflects the recorded investment in all covered Purchased Impaired Loans and Purchased Nonimpaired Loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


December 31, 2013December 31, 2012Purchased Impaired LoansPurchased Nonimpaired LoansTotal Covered LoansPurchased Impaired LoansPurchased Nonimpaired LoansTotal Covered Loans(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$—$40,892$40,892$1,095$8,184$9,279Commercial real estate (1)4,760141,333146,09319,563513,122532,685Residential real estate – mortgage (2)384,588155,452540,040429,228196,258625,486Consumer loans127,1537,165379,1959,232Total loans$389,360$344,830$734,190$449,923$726,759$1,176,682


|    |                                                                           
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Includes real estate – construction and commercial real estate - mortgage.

|    |                                                                                      
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Includes residential real estate – mortgage, equity lines of credit and equity loans.

FDIC Indemnification Asset


The Company has entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that require the FDIC to reimburse the Bank for losses with respect to covered loans and covered OREO .  See Note 15 , Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees , for additional information related to the loss sharing agreements.  The expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements were recorded as an indemnification asset at the time of acquisition.  A summary of the activity in the FDIC indemnification asset for the years ended  December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows.


20132012(In Thousands)Balance at January 1,$271,928$646,245Decrease due to credit loss benefit recorded on FDIC covered loans(9,153)(2,350)Amortization(243,346)(343,015)Payments to (reimbursements from) FDIC for covered losses19,546(1,821)Other(14,660)(27,131)Balance at December 31,$24,315$271,928


Other adjustments include those resulting from the change in loss estimates related to OREO as a result of changes in expected cash flows as well as adjustments resulting from amounts owed to the FDIC for unexpected recoveries of amounts previously charged off.





114


---

Table of Contents


Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality


The following table, which excludes loans held for sale, presents a summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 . The portion of the allowance that has not been identified by the Company as related to specific loan categories has been allocated to the individual loan categories on a pro rata basis for purposes of the table below:


Commercial, Financial and AgriculturalCommercial Real Estate (1)Residential Real Estate (2)Consumer (3)CoveredTotal Loans(In Thousands)Year Ended December 31, 2013Allowance for loan losses:Beginning balance$283,058$254,324$172,265$75,403$17,803$802,853Provision charged to income36,970(70,724)88,68569,244(16,629)107,546Loans charged off(47,751)(43,415)(118,422)(72,576)(6,708)(288,872)Loan recoveries20,05018,77513,04718,8328,48879,192Net charge offs(27,701)(24,640)(105,375)(53,744)1,780(209,680)Ending balance$292,327$158,960$155,575$90,903$2,954$700,719Year Ended December 31, 2012Allowance for loan losses:Beginning balance$252,399$489,284$206,763$76,467$26,883$1,051,796Provision charged to income63,263(118,923)64,15851,646(30,673)29,471Loans charged off(63,678)(151,918)(126,087)(71,587)(3,807)(417,077)Loan recoveries31,07435,88127,43118,87725,400138,663Net charge offs(32,604)(116,037)(98,656)(52,710)21,593(278,414)Ending balance$283,058$254,324$172,265$75,403$17,803$802,853Year Ended December 31, 2011Allowance for loan losses:Beginning balance$207,992$624,357$163,271$94,648$18,749$1,109,017Provision charged to income159,25538,352182,74736,22312,056428,633Loans charged off(154,721)(215,241)(147,060)(79,220)(12,198)(608,440)Loan recoveries39,87341,8167,80524,8168,276122,586Net charge offs(114,848)(173,425)(139,255)(54,404)(3,922)(485,854)Ending balance$252,399$489,284$206,763$76,467$26,883$1,051,796


|    |                                                                                 
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Includes commercial real estate – mortgage and real estate – construction loans.

|    |                                                                                      
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Includes residential real estate – mortgage, equity lines of credit and equity loans.

|    |                                                                       
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Includes credit card, consumer – direct and consumer – indirect loans.

115


---

Table of Contents


The table below provides a summary of the allowance for loan losses and related loan balances by portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 :


Commercial, Financial and AgriculturalCommercial Real Estate (1)Residential Real Estate (2)Consumer (3)CoveredTotal Loans(In Thousands)December 31, 2013Ending balance of allowance attributable to loans:Individually evaluated for impairment$28,828$9,408$41,989$1,526$—$81,751Collectively evaluated for impairment263,499149,552113,58689,377—616,014Covered purchased impaired————243243Covered purchased nonimpaired————2,7112,711Total allowance for loan losses$292,327$158,960$155,575$90,903$2,954$700,719Loans:Ending balance of loans:Individually evaluated for impairment$138,047$167,598$196,723$1,625$—$503,993Collectively evaluated for impairment20,071,16210,675,07915,390,5913,292,001—49,428,833Covered purchased impaired————389,360389,360Covered purchased nonimpaired————344,830344,830Total loans$20,209,209$10,842,677$15,587,314$3,293,626$734,190$50,667,016December 31, 2012Ending balance of allowance attributable to loans:Individually evaluated for impairment$15,495$37,115$20,195$3$—$72,808Collectively evaluated for impairment267,563216,999152,07075,400—712,032Noncovered purchased impaired—210———210Covered purchased impaired————8,6978,697Covered purchased nonimpaired————9,1069,106Total allowance for loan losses$283,058$254,324$172,265$75,403$17,803$802,853Loans:Ending balance of loans:Individually evaluated for impairment$96,004$373,220$196,240$137$—$665,601Collectively evaluated for impairment16,884,9539,229,56714,312,6202,741,428—43,168,568Noncovered purchased impaired—692———692Covered purchased impaired————449,923449,923Covered purchased nonimpaired————726,759726,759Total loans$16,980,957$9,603,479$14,508,860$2,741,565$1,176,682$45,011,543


|    |                                                                                 
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Includes commercial real estate – mortgage and real estate – construction loans.

|    |                                                                                      
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Includes residential real estate – mortgage, equity lines of credit and equity loans.

|    |                                                                       
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Includes credit card, consumer – direct and consumer – indirect loans.

116


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents information on individually analyzed impaired loans, by loan class, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


December 31, 2013Individually Analyzed Impaired Loans With No Recorded AllowanceIndividually Analyzed Impaired Loans With a Recorded AllowanceRecorded InvestmentUnpaid Principal BalanceAllowanceRecorded InvestmentUnpaid Principal BalanceAllowance(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$19,984$27,639$—$118,063$138,092$28,828Real estate – construction1,3141,555—9,24810,812836Commercial real estate –  mortgage51,30354,821—105,733112,1778,572Residential real estate – mortgage1,9061,906—115,550115,7347,378Equity lines of credit———23,59324,02123,190Equity loans———55,67455,79411,421Credit card——————Consumer – direct———18218183Consumer – indirect———1,4431,4431,443Total loans$74,507$85,921$—$429,486$458,254$81,751


December 31, 2012Individually Analyzed Impaired Loans With No Recorded AllowanceIndividually Analyzed Impaired Loans With a Recorded AllowanceRecorded InvestmentUnpaid Principal BalanceAllowanceRecorded InvestmentUnpaid Principal BalanceAllowance(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$36,601$43,120$—$59,403$71,497$15,495Real estate – construction62,97268,004—72,90788,91910,452Commercial real estate –  mortgage49,16954,576—188,172207,49926,663Residential real estate – mortgage17,29417,466—153,301155,92218,286Equity lines of credit———1,8001,800487Equity loans———23,84523,8451,422Credit card——————Consumer – direct———1371373Consumer – indirect——————Total loans$166,036$183,166$—$499,565$549,619$72,808


117


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents information on individually analyzed impaired loans, by loan class, for the  years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


201320122011Average Recorded InvestmentInterest Income RecognizedAverage Recorded InvestmentInterest Income RecognizedAverage Recorded InvestmentInterest Income Recognized(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$133,838$1,287$119,673$1,277$130,001$137Real estate – construction51,157724304,6805,153437,315249Commercial real estate –  mortgage207,1044,663331,0034,312261,5381,049Residential real estate – mortgage140,5833,464165,1724,41750,14983Equity lines of credit13,7855862,47610767—Equity loans44,1431,51422,8809026,170—Credit card——————Consumer – direct176321309972—Consumer – indirect97613————Total loans$591,762$12,283$946,014$16,080$886,912$1,518


The tables above do not include purchased impaired loans or loans held for sale. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , there were no noncovered purchased impaired loans with credit deterioration subsequent to acquisition that met the requirements for individual review.  At December 31, 2013 , there were $4.8 million , $10.9 million and $243 thousand , respectively, of recorded investment, unpaid principal balance and allowance for loan losses on covered purchased impaired loans with credit deterioration subsequent to acquisition that were individually reviewed for impairment, respectively.  At December 31, 2012 , there were $17.3 million , $26.4 million , and $3.7 million , respectively, of recorded investment, unpaid principal balance and allowance for loan losses on covered purchased impaired loans with credit deterioration subsequent to acquisition that were individually reviewed for impairment, respectively.  Covered purchased nonimpaired loans are not included in the tables above as they are evaluated on a pool basis and not on an individual basis.


Nonperforming assets, which include loans held for sale and purchased impaired loans, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are detailed in the following table.


20132012(In Thousands)Nonaccrual loans$441,718$727,776Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing (1)82,814140,852TDRs 90 days or more past due and accruing1,317862Nonperforming loans525,849869,490OREO23,22868,568Other repossessed assets3,3603,890Total nonperforming assets$552,437$941,948


|    |                                  
|--- | ---------------------------------
|(1) | Excludes loans classified as TDRs

118


---

Table of Contents


The Company monitors the credit quality of its commercial portfolio using an internal dual risk rating, which considers both the obligor and the facility. The obligor risk ratings are defined by ranges of default probabilities of the borrowers (AAA through D) and the facility risk ratings are defined by ranges of the loss given default. The combination of those two approaches results in the assessment of the likelihood of loss and it is mapped to the regulatory classifications. The Company assigns internal risk ratings at loan origination and at regular intervals subsequent to origination. Loan review intervals are dependent on the size and risk grade of the loan, and are generally conducted at least annually. Additional reviews are conducted when information affecting the loan’s risk grade becomes available. These ratings have been mapped to the regulatory classifications. The general characteristics of the risk grades are as follows:


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | The Company’s internally assigned letter grades “AAA” through “B-” correspond to the regulatory classification “Pass.”  These assets do not have any identified potential or well-defined weaknesses and have a high likelihood of orderly repayment.  Exceptions exist when either the facility is fully secured by a CD and held at the Company or the facility is secured by properly margined and controlled marketable securities.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Internally assigned letter grades “CCC+” through “CCC” correspond to the regulatory classification “Special Mention.”  Assets with this classification have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Internally assigned letter grades “CCC-” through “D1” correspond to the regulatory classification “Substandard.”  An asset classified as substandard is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | The internally assigned letter grade “D2” corresponds to the regulatory classification “Doubtful.”   Assets classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

The Company considers payment history as the best indicator of credit quality for the consumer portfolio. Nonperforming loans in the tables below include loans classified as nonaccrual, loans 90 days or more past due and loans modified in a TDR 90 days or more past due.


119


---

Table of Contents


The following tables, which exclude loans held for sale and covered loans, illustrate the credit quality indicators associated with the Company’s loans, by loan class, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


CommercialDecember 31, 2013Commercial, Financial and AgriculturalReal Estate - ConstructionCommercial Real Estate - Mortgage(In Thousands)Noncovered loans:Pass$19,582,014$1,707,719$8,562,261Special Mention353,6389,918271,500Substandard261,99517,112243,042Doubtful11,5621,59929,526$20,209,209$1,736,348$9,106,329


December 31, 2012Commercial, Financial and AgriculturalReal Estate - ConstructionCommercial Real Estate - Mortgage(In Thousands)Noncovered loans:Pass$16,621,782$1,665,032$6,798,282Special Mention187,38499,204431,688Substandard144,002122,388387,454Doubtful27,7899,08289,657$16,980,957$1,895,706$7,707,081Noncovered purchased impaired loans:Substandard$—$225$467$—$225$467


120


---

Table of Contents


ConsumerDecember 31, 2013Residential Real Estate – MortgageEquity Lines of CreditEquity LoansCredit CardConsumer - DirectConsumer –Indirect(In Thousands)Noncovered loans:Performing$12,601,515$2,199,827$621,897$649,796$513,630$2,113,918Nonperforming105,36436,54022,17110,2772,9423,063$12,706,879$2,236,367$644,068$660,073$516,572$2,116,981


December 31, 2012Residential Real Estate -MortgageEquity Lines of CreditEquity LoansCredit CardConsumer -DirectConsumer –Indirect(In Thousands)Noncovered loans:Performing$11,245,863$2,368,467$652,165$617,666$520,593$1,592,037Nonperforming198,11024,80419,4517,7292,4021,138$11,443,973$2,393,271$671,616$625,395$522,995$1,593,175


Covered loans are excluded from the table above as an initial estimate of credit losses was embedded within the initial purchase discount established at acquisition.  Periodically, the Company updates its estimated cash flows related to these covered loans.  Increases in these updated cash flows over those expected at the purchase date are recognized as interest income prospectively.  Decreases in cash flows after the purchase date are recognized by recording an allowance for credit losses.  Generally, since the acquisition of these covered loans, there has been considerable improvement in the expected credit losses with some minimal deterioration in credit quality seen within specific loans and pools of loans.  To account for the subsequent deterioration in credit, an allowance for loan losses of $3 million was recorded on the $734 million covered portfolio at December 31, 2013 and an allowance for loan losses of $18 million was recorded on the $1.2 billion covered loans portfolio at December 31, 2012 .


121


---

Table of Contents


The following tables present an aging analysis of the Company’s past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , excluding loans classified as held for sale and purchased impaired loans.


December 31, 201330-59 Days Past Due60-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccrualAccruing TDRsTotal Past Due and ImpairedNot Past Due or ImpairedTotal(In Thousands)Noncovered loans:Commercial, financial and agricultural$9,485$6,111$2,212$128,231$25,548$171,587$20,037,622$20,209,209Real estate – construction4,2581,86224014,1833,80124,3441,712,0041,736,348Commercial real estate –  mortgage9,5214,869797129,67259,727204,5868,901,7439,106,329Residential real estate – mortgage48,59722,6292,460102,90474,236250,82612,456,05312,706,879Equity lines of credit12,2306,2525,10931,431—55,0222,181,3452,236,367Equity loans7,6303,1701,16720,44742,85075,264568,804644,068Credit card5,9554,67610,277——20,908639,165660,073Consumer – direct8,7363,0002,4025409114,769501,803516,572Consumer – indirect24,9455,2761,5401,523—33,2842,083,6972,116,981Total noncovered loans$131,357$57,845$26,204$428,931$206,253$850,590$49,082,236$49,932,826Covered loans$1,247$290$4,122$5,425$3,455$14,539$330,291$344,830


December 31, 201230-59 Days Past Due60-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccrualAccruing TDRsTotal Past Due and ImpairedNot Past Due or ImpairedTotal(In Thousands)Noncovered loans:Commercial, financial and agricultural$36,663$4,035$1,853$112,135$17,832$172,518$16,808,439$16,980,957Real estate – construction5,2225,7421,907104,45849,215166,5441,729,1621,895,706Commercial real estate –  mortgage40,6448,4922,771270,26756,520378,6947,328,3877,707,081Residential real estate – mortgage37,98916,3123,645193,98391,384343,31311,100,66011,443,973Equity lines of credit12,7117,5114,66120,143—45,0262,348,2452,393,271Equity loans12,1124,6212,33516,94321,92957,940613,676671,616Credit card5,7703,8697,729——17,368608,027625,395Consumer – direct6,8761,8522,06533713811,268511,727522,995Consumer – indirect17,8914,2251,138——23,2541,569,9211,593,175Total noncovered loans$175,878$56,659$28,104$718,266$237,018$1,215,925$42,618,244$43,834,169Covered loans$12,136$583$7,452$1,232$7,079$28,482$698,277$726,759


It is the Company’s policy to classify TDRs that are not accruing interest as nonaccrual loans.  It is also the Company’s policy to classify TDR past due loans that are accruing interest as TDRs and not according to their past due status. The


122


---

Table of Contents


tables above reflect this policy.  The following table provides a breakout of all TDRs, including nonaccrual loans, loans classified as held for sale and covered loans, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


December 31, 201330-59 Days Past Due60-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccrualTotal Past Due and NonaccrualNot Past Due or NonaccrualTotal(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$5$—$—$20,498$20,503$25,543$46,046Real estate – construction3250—1812633,7193,982Commercial real estate –  mortgage2,345——13,91016,25557,38273,637Residential real estate – mortgage3,7552,74776030,49237,75466,974104,728Equity lines of credit———24,59224,592—24,592Equity loans1,7991,02255712,82316,20139,47255,673Credit card———————Consumer – direct———909091181Consumer – indirect———1,4431,443—1,443Total loans$7,936$3,819$1,317$104,029$117,101$193,181$310,282Covered loans$21$—$—$5,428$5,449$3,434$8,883Loans held for sale$—$—$—$3,637$3,637$—$3,637


December 31, 201230-59 Days Past Due60-89 Days Past Due90 Days or More Past DueNonaccrualTotal Past Due and NonaccrualNot Past Due or NonaccrualTotal(In Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural$—$—$207$45,041$45,248$17,625$62,873Real estate – construction———28,42328,42349,21577,638Commercial real estate –  mortgage———47,01547,01556,520103,535Residential real estate – mortgage4,7422,69548228,89536,81483,465120,279Equity lines of credit———————Equity loans1,0273701732,2513,82120,35924,180Credit card———————Consumer – direct5———5133138Consumer – indirect———————Total loans$5,774$3,065$862$151,625$161,326$227,317$388,643Covered loans$3$1$—$312$316$7,075$7,391


As of December 31, 2012 there were no loans held for sale classified as TDRs.


Modifications to a borrower’s debt agreement are considered TDRs if a concession is granted for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties that otherwise would not be considered. Within each of the Company’s loan classes, TDRs typically involve modification of the loan interest rate to a below market rate or an extension or deferment of the loan.  During the year ended December 31, 2013 , $29.6 million of TDR modifications included an interest rate concession and $63.7 million of TDR modifications resulted from modifications to the loan’s


123


---

Table of Contents


structure. During the year ended December 31, 2012 , $38.6 million of TDR modifications included an interest rate concession and $61.3 million of TDR modifications resulted from modifications to the loan’s structure.


The following table presents an analysis of the types of loans that were restructured and classified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , excluding loans classified as held for sale.


December 31, 2013December 31, 2012December 31, 2011Number of ContractsPost-Modification Outstanding Recorded InvestmentNumber of ContractsPost-Modification Outstanding Recorded InvestmentNumber of ContractsPost-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment(Dollars in Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural9$6,4648$23,828106$164,466Real estate – construction32,4092113,334131274,348Commercial real estate – mortgage195,2151825,001133200,133Residential real estate – mortgage21629,63713928,34320659,211Equity lines of credit51225,28132——Equity loans43821,3871279,1907613,320Credit card——1———Consumer – direct1915721366377Consumer – indirect4292,481————Covered62595345235,187


A national bank regulatory agency has issued guidance that requires certain loans that have been discharged in bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower to be accounted for as nonperforming TDRs and charged-down to their collateral value.  During the second quarter of 2013 , the Company concluded that $52.6 million of loans that had been discharged in bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower should be classified as nonperforming TDRs. These loans were primarily performing loans and included residential real estate-mortgage, equity lines of credit, equity loans and consumer indirect loans, and are included in the table above. The Company elected not to charge-off these loans since a majority of borrowers continue to make payments on the loans. Prior to this change in classification, the allowance for loan losses for these loans was calculated by collectively evaluating for impairment based on historical loss experience.  The Company estimated the allowance for loan losses for these loans based on collateral shortfall and accordingly the allowance for loan losses was increased by $33.5 million during the second quarter of 2013 .


For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , charge-offs and changes to the allowance related to modifications classified as TDRs, excluding the nonreaffirmed loans discharged in bankruptcy, were not material.


The Company considers TDRs aged 90 days or more past due, charged off or classified as nonaccrual subsequent to modification, where the loan was not classified as a nonperforming loan at the time of modification, as subsequently defaulted.


124


---

Table of Contents


The following tables provide a summary of initial subsequent defaults that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 that occurred within one year of the restructure date. The table excludes loans classified as held for sale as of period-end and includes loans no longer in default as of year-end.


December 31, 2013December 31, 2012December 31, 2011Number of ContractsRecorded Investment at DefaultNumber of ContractsRecorded Investment at DefaultNumber of ContractsRecorded Investment at Default(Dollars in Thousands)Commercial, financial and agricultural1$9,531—$—6$1,001Real estate – construction——41,79251,308Commercial real estate – mortgage25291324,2894875Residential real estate – mortgage142,500122,619183,843Equity lines of credit5309————Equity loans7447869281,637Credit card——————Consumer – direct——————Consumer – indirect——————Covered loans13522,051554,756


The Company’s allowance for loan losses is largely driven by updated risk ratings assigned to commercial loans, updated borrower credit scores on consumer loans, and borrower delinquency history in both commercial and consumer portfolios.  As such, the provision for loan losses is impacted primarily by changes in borrower payment performance rather than TDR classification.  In addition, all commercial and consumer loans modified in a TDR are considered to be impaired, even if they maintain their accrual status.


At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , there were $3.9 million and $6.5 million , respectively, of commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers owing loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR.


(5)  Loan Sales and Servicing


The following table presents the composition of the loans held for sale portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


20132012(In Thousands)Loans held for sale:Real estate – construction$4,447$877Commercial real estate – mortgage2,9129,017Residential real estate – mortgage139,750312,171Total loans held for sale$147,109$322,065


During the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 the Company transferred loans, with a recorded balance immediately preceding the transfer, totaling $124 million , $316 million and $52 million , respectively, from the held for investment portfolio to loans held for sale.  The Company recognized charge-offs upon transfer of these loans totaling $32.5 million , $111.3 million and $7.2 million , during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The Company sold loans and loans held for sale with a recorded balance of $204 million , $352 million and $326 million , excluding loans originated for sale in the secondary market, during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.


Sales of residential real estate – mortgage loans originated for sale in the secondary market, including loans originated for sale where the Company retained servicing responsibilities, were $1.6 billion , $1.2 billion and $550 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The Company recognized net gains of $21.5 million , $48.7 million and $16.0 million , on the sale of residential mortgage loans originated for sale during 2013 , 2012 , and


125


---

Table of Contents


2011 , respectively.  These gains were recorded in mortgage banking income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Residential Real Estate Mortgage Loans Sold with Retained Servicing


During 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , the Company sold $1.5 billion , $1.1 billion and $462 million , respectively, of residential mortgage loans originated for sale where the Company retained servicing responsibilities. For these sold loans, there is no recourse to the Company for the failures of debtors to pay when due.  At December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , the Company was servicing $2.7 billion , $1.5 billion , and $451 million , respectively, of residential mortgage loans sold with retained servicing. These loans are not included in loans on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.


In connection with residential mortgage loans sold with retained servicing, the Company receives annual servicing fees based on a percentage of the outstanding balance.  The Company recognized servicing fees of $10.5 million , $2.0 million and $232 thousand during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, as a component of other noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.  At December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 the Company had recorded $30 million , $13 million , and $4 million of servicing assets, respectively, under the fair value method in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.


The value of MSRs is significantly affected by mortgage interest rates available in the marketplace, which influence mortgage loan prepayment speeds.  In general, during periods of declining rates, the value of MSRs declines due to increasing prepayments attributable to increased mortgage-refinance activity.  During periods of rising interest rates, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights generally increases due to reduced refinance activity.  The Company maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of the MSR portfolio.  This strategy includes the purchase of various trading securities.  The interest income, mark-to-market adjustments and gain or loss from sale activities associated with these securities are expected to economically hedge a portion of the change in the value of the MSR portfolio.


The following table is an analysis of the activity in the Company’s residential MSRs for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 :


Years Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Carrying value, January 1$13,255$4,264$—Additions16,74611,4724,633Increase (decrease) in fair value:Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions1,634(1,512)(295)Due to other changes in fair value (1)(1,570)(969)(74)Carrying value, December 31$30,065$13,255$4,264


|    |                                                                                                                       
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Represents the realization of expected net servicing cash flows, expected borrower repayments and the passage of time.

See Note 20 , Fair Value of Financial Instruments , for additional disclosures related to the assumptions and estimates used in determining fair value of residential MSRs.


126


---

Table of Contents


At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the sensitivity of the current fair value of the residential MSRs to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in key economic assumptions are included in the following table:


20132012(Dollars in Thousands)Fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights$30,065$13,255Composition of residential loans serviced for others:Fixed rate mortgage loans96.4%97.1%Adjustable rate mortgage loans3.62.9Total100.0%100.0%Weighted average life (in years)6.95.6Prepayment speed:8.8%12.0%Effect on fair value of a 10% increase(743)(541)Effect on fair value of a 20% increase(1,492)(1,042)Weighted average discount rate:10.0%10.0%Effect on fair value of a 10% increase(1,167)(434)Effect on fair value of a 20% increase(2,247)(840)


The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. As indicated, changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption; while in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may magnify or counteract the effect of the change.


(6)  Premises and Equipment


A summary of the Company’s premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows.


20132012(In Thousands)Land$340,181$346,236Buildings566,785563,925Furniture, fixtures and equipment403,881366,177Software567,366437,844Leasehold improvements156,261133,618Construction / projects in progress110,916162,3532,145,3902,010,153Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization724,402576,192Total premises and equipment$1,420,988$1,433,961


The Company recognized $169.5 million , $135.8 million and $114.0 million of depreciation expense related to the above premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.


(7)  Bank Owned Life Insurance


The Company maintains life insurance policies on certain of its executives and employees.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the cash surrender values on the underlying life insurance policies totaled $683 million and $672 million , respectively, which are recorded as bank owned life insurance on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  These cash surrender values are classified separately from related split dollar life insurance arrangements of $6 million and $7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, which are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as accrued expenses and other liabilities.  Changes to the underlying cash surrender value are recorded in noninterest income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 totaled $17.7 million , $20.3 million and $21.1 million , respectively.


127


---

Table of Contents


(8)  Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets


A summary of the activity related to the Company’s goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows.


20132012(In Thousands)Balance, January 1:Goodwill$9,734,348$9,739,959Accumulated impairment losses(4,762,703)(4,762,703)Goodwill, net at January 14,971,6454,977,256Annual activity:Goodwill acquired during the year—3,589Disposition adjustments—(9,200)Impairment losses——Balance, December 31:Goodwill9,734,3489,734,348Accumulated impairment losses(4,762,703)(4,762,703)Goodwill, net at December 31$4,971,645$4,971,645


During the 2012 year, through an asset sale, the Company sold its insurance business unit, specializing in property and casualty insurance sales.  As a result of the sale of the insurance business unit, the Company derecognized $9.2 million of goodwill attributable to this business unit.  Additionally during 2012, the Company made a $3.6 million payment related to a previously executed acquisition agreement.  This payment was recognized as goodwill.


In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, the Company performs annual tests to identify potential impairment of goodwill.  The tests are required to be performed annually and more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment may exist.  In step one of the impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step two of the impairment test is required to be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any.  Step two compares the implied fair value of goodwill attributable to each reporting unit to the carrying amount of that goodwill.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination; an entity allocates the fair value determined in step one for the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.


The Company tested its identified reporting units with goodwill for impairment as of October 31, 2013 , April 30, 2013 , and October 31, 2012 .  Each of these tests indicated no goodwill impairment was required in any of the Company’s identified reporting units. During the year ended December 31, 2011 , the Company recognized goodwill impairment of $2.0 billion within all of its then identified reporting units, including: Retail Banking - $810.5 million , Commercial Banking - $640.1 million , Wealth Management - $285.8 million , Corporate and Investment Banking - $249.4 million and Insurance - $18.0 million .


At December 31, 2013 , the goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses, attributable to each of the Company’s three identified reporting units is as follows:  Wealth and Retail Banking - $2.0 billion , Commercial Banking - $2.4 billion , and Corporate and Investment Banking - $568 million .  During 2013 , the Company reorganized its management reporting structure for its previously identified reporting unit Wealth Management, designating the division's responsibility to the Retail reporting unit. In connection with this reorganization, management consolidated the goodwill balances of Wealth Management into the Wealth and Retail Banking reporting unit, resulting in $390 million of goodwill being included in the newly reorganized Wealth and Retail Banking reporting unit.


Through December 31, 2013 , the Company had recognized accumulated goodwill impairment losses within its three identified reporting units with goodwill of $1.4 billion , $2.5 billion , and $249 million within the Wealth and Retail


128


---

Table of Contents


Banking, Commercial Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking reporting units, respectively.  In addition, the Company has previously recognized $695 million of accumulated goodwill impairment losses from reporting units that no longer have a goodwill balance.


Both the step one fair values of the reporting units and the step two allocations of the fair values of the reporting units’ assets and liabilities are based upon management’s estimates and assumptions.  Although management has used the estimates and assumptions it believes to be most appropriate in the circumstances, it should be noted that even relatively minor changes in certain valuation assumptions used in management’s calculations would result in significant differences in the results of the impairment tests.  As an example, the discount rates used in the step one valuation are a key valuation assumption.  In the Company’s step one test at October 31, 2013 , the combined carrying value of the reporting units with goodwill exceeded the combined fair value by approximately $664 million .  If the discount rates used in the step one test were increased by 50 basis points and 100 basis points, the $664 million excess carrying value would decrease to a deficit to fair value of $206 million and $966 million , respectively.


A further protracted stagnation of the U.S. and global economies during 2014 , especially in the banking sector, could further negatively impact future goodwill impairment tests for the Company, resulting in additional goodwill impairment charges.


In addition to goodwill, the Company also has finite-lived intangible assets in the form of core deposit intangibles and other identifiable intangibles.  These core deposit intangibles and other identifiable intangibles are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which, at December 31, 2013 , approximated 3.9 years for core deposit intangibles and 2.9 years for other identifiable intangible assets.  The Company reviews intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable.


Intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are detailed in the following table.


20132012Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying ValueGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Value(In Thousands)Other intangible assets:Core deposit intangibles$772,024$670,710$101,314$807,924$650,763$157,161Other identifiable intangibles37,84730,1217,72642,44729,87712,570Total other intangible assets$809,871$700,831$109,040$850,371$680,640$169,731


The Company recognized $60.7 million , $91.7 million and $108.3 million of intangible amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Intangible amortization expense for the years ending December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2018 , is estimated to be $46.7 million , $36.3 million , $13.8 million , $7.6 million , and $4.7 million , respectively.


(9)  Deposits


Time deposits of less than $100,000 totaled $3.9 billion at December 31, 2013 , while time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $8.1 billion .  At December 31, 2013 , the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows.


(In Thousands)2014$6,641,67820152,295,4152016931,1272017794,2332018813,945Thereafter490,633Total$11,967,031


129


---

Table of Contents


At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , demand deposit overdrafts reclassified to loans totaled $14 million and $13 million , respectively.  In addition to the securities and loans the Company has pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and FHLB advances at December 31, 2013 , the Company also had $4.8 billion of standby letters of credit issued by the FHLB to secure public deposits.


(10)  Short-Term Borrowings


The short-term borrowings table below shows the distribution of the Company’s short-term borrowed funds.


Ending BalanceEnding Average Interest RateAverage BalanceMaximum Outstanding Balance(Dollars in Thousands)As of and for the year endedDecember 31, 2013Federal funds purchased$704,1900.26%$815,541$1,022,735Securities sold under agreements to repurchase148,3800.01164,218456,263Total852,570979,7591,478,998Other short-term borrowings5,5912.4812,73928,630Total short-term borrowings$858,161$992,498$1,507,628As of and for the year endedDecember 31, 2012Federal funds purchased$901,9800.26%$1,048,741$1,347,795Securities sold under agreements to repurchase199,6110.04177,560211,055Total1,101,5911,226,3011,558,850Other short-term borrowings3,763—15,61729,295Total short-term borrowings$1,105,354$1,241,918$1,588,145


130


---

Table of Contents


( 11 ) FHLB and Other Borrowings


The following table details the Company’s FHLB advances and other borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , including maturities and interest rates as of December 31, 2013 .


December 31,Maturity Dates20132012(In Thousands)FHLB advances:LIBOR-based floating rate (weighted average rate of 0.56%)2016-2021$525,000$525,000Fixed rate (weighted average rate of 1.19%)2014-20352,949,5952,725,836Unamortized discount(351)(647)Total FHLB advances3,474,2443,250,189Subordinated debentures:6.40% subordinated debentures2017350,000350,0005.90% subordinated debentures202671,086125,0005.50% subordinated debentures2020227,764300,000Fair value of hedged subordinated debentures84,567154,316Net unamortized discount(12,719)(20,334)Total subordinated debentures720,698908,982Capital securities:LIBOR plus 2.85% floating rate debentures payable to Texas Regional Statutory Trust I (1)203451,54751,547LIBOR plus 2.60% floating rate debentures payable to TexasBanc Capital Trust I (1)203425,77425,774LIBOR plus 3.05% floating rate debentures payable to State National Capital Trust I (1)203315,47015,470LIBOR plus 2.79% floating rate debentures payable to State National Statutory Trust II (1)203410,31010,31010.18% fixed rate debentures payable to Riverway Holdings Capital Trust I (1)2031—10,310Unamortized premium664697Total capital securities103,765114,108Total FHLB and other borrowings$4,298,707$4,273,279


|    |                                                
|--- | -----------------------------------------------
|(1) | Majority of amounts qualify for Tier 1 Capital.

In May 2013 , the Company completed a tender offer to purchase $53.9 million of the Company's 5.90% subordinated debentures due 2026 and $72.2 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.50% subordinated debentures due 2020 .  The tender offer resulted in a partial extinguishment of the Bank’s outstanding 2026 and 2020 subordinated debentures.  A gain of $23.6 million related to the partial extinguishment was recorded in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 .


In June 2013 , the Company redeemed its 10.18% fixed rate capital securities due 2031 . The aggregate principal amount of these notes was approximately $10 million .


In May 2012 , the Company completed a tender offer to purchase $150 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.90% subordinated debentures due 2026 .  The tender offer resulted in a partial extinguishment of the Bank’s outstanding 2026 subordinated debentures.  A gain of $38.4 million related to the partial extinguishment was recorded in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 .


131


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents maturity information for the Company’s FHLB and other borrowings, including the fair value of hedged subordinated debentures and unamortized discounts and premiums, as of December 31, 2013 .


FHLB AdvancesSubordinated DebenturesCapital Securities(In Thousands)Maturing:2014$751,595$—$—20151,048,793——20161,012,588——2017128433,669—2018325,021——Thereafter336,119287,029103,765Total$3,474,244$720,698$103,765


(12)  Capital Securities and Preferred Stock


Capital Securities


At December 31, 2013 , the Company had four subsidiary business trusts (TexasBanc Capital Trust I, State National Capital Trust I, State National Statutory Trust II and Texas Regional Statutory Trust I) as noted in Note 11 , FHLB and Other Borrowings , which had issued Trust Preferred Securities.  As guarantor, the Company unconditionally guarantees payment of accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the Trust Preferred Securities, the redemption price when the Trust Preferred Securities are called for redemption, and amounts due if a trust is liquidated or terminated.


The Company owns all of the outstanding common stock of each of the four trusts.  The trusts used the proceeds from the issuance of their Trust Preferred Securities and common securities to buy debentures issued by the Parent.  These Capital Securities are the trusts’ only assets, and the interest payments the subsidiary business trusts receive from the Capital Securities are used to finance the distributions paid on the Trust Preferred Securities.  In accordance with ASC Topic 810 , the subsidiary business trusts are not consolidated by the Company.  The Capital Securities are included as FHLB and other borrowings on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


The Trust Preferred Securities must be redeemed when the related Capital Securities mature, or earlier, if provided in the governing indenture.  Each issue of Trust Preferred Securities carries an interest rate identical to that of the related Capital Securities.  The Trust Preferred Securities qualify as Tier 1 Capital, subject to regulatory limitations, under guidelines established by the Federal Reserve.


All of the subsidiary business trusts have the right to redeem their Trust Preferred Securities currently.


Class B Preferred Stock


In December 2000 , a subsidiary of the Company issued $21 million of Class B Preferred Stock.  The Preferred Stock outstanding was approximately $24 million at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, and is classified as noncontrolling interests on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 Capital under Federal Reserve guidelines.  The Preferred Stock dividends are preferential, non-cumulative and payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2001 , at a rate per annum equal to 9.875% of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share when and if declared by the board of directors of the subsidiary, in its sole discretion, out of funds legally available for such payment.


The Preferred Stock is redeemable for cash, at the option of the subsidiary, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2021 .  Prior to June 15, 2021 , the Preferred Stock is not redeemable, except that prior to such date, the Preferred Stock may be redeemed for cash, at the option of the subsidiary, in whole but not in part, only upon the occurrence of certain tax or regulatory events.  Any such redemption is subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holders thereof at any time.


132


---

Table of Contents


(13)  Derivatives and Hedging


The Company is a party to derivative instruments in the normal course of business for trading purposes and for purposes other than trading to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  The Company has made an accounting policy decision to not offset fair value amounts under master netting agreements. See Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , for additional information on the Company’s accounting policies related to derivative instruments and hedging activities.  The following table reflects the notional amount and fair value of derivative instruments included on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


December 31, 2013December 31, 2012Fair ValueFair ValueNotional AmountDerivative Assets (1)Derivative Liabilities (2)Notional AmountDerivative Assets (1)Derivative Liabilities (2)(In Thousands)Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:Fair value hedges:Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt$423,950$67,623$—$550,000$140,768$—Total fair value hedges67,623—140,768—Cash flow hedges:Interest rate contracts:Swaps related to commercial loans200,0003,652—200,0005,570—Swaps related to FHLB advances320,000—11,862320,000—26,221Total cash flow hedges3,65211,8625,57026,221Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$71,275$11,862$146,338$26,221Free-standing derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:Free-standing derivative instruments-risk management and other purposes:Interest rate contracts:Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgages$171,364$1,727$56$432,112$209$935Equity contracts:Purchased equity option related to equity-linked CDs588,37747,875—237,52623,361—Swap associated with sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares49,748—1,24433,864—827Foreign exchange contracts:Forwards related to commercial loans424,7971,0722,690275,6896411,415Spots related to commercial loans41,1335556——Total free-standing derivative instruments-risk management and other purposes$50,729$4,046$24,211$3,177Free-standing derivative instruments – customer accommodation:Futures contracts (3)$657,000$—$—$1,219,000$—$—Interest rate lock commitments129,79194757296,5665,09478Written equity option related to equity-linked CDs576,196—46,573229,181—22,416Trading account assets and liabilities:Interest rate contracts for customers13,474,347262,578200,89913,987,883431,765377,655Commodity contracts for customers906,65023,13218,3731,953,57480,00475,842Foreign exchange contracts for customers145,1754,4503,894187,7043,5193,414Total trading account assets and liabilities290,160223,166515,288456,911Total free-standing derivative instruments- customer accommodations$291,107$269,796$520,382$479,405


|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Derivative assets, except for trading account assets that are recorded as a component of trading account assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are recorded in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

|    |                                                                                                                            
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Derivative liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

|    |                                                                                                                   
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Changes in fair value are cash settled daily; therefore, there is no ending balance at any given reporting period.

133


---

Table of Contents


Hedging Derivatives


The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the risk of earnings fluctuations caused by interest rate volatility.  For those financial instruments that qualify and are designated as a hedging relationship, either a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge, the effect of interest rate movements on the hedged assets or liabilities will generally be offset by the derivative instrument. See Note 1 , Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , for additional information on the Company’s accounting policies related to derivative instruments and hedging activities.


Fair Value Hedges


The Company enters into fair value hedging relationships using interest rate swaps to mitigate the Company’s exposure to losses in value as interest rates change.  Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Company’s interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps that relate to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities.  Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.


Interest rate swaps are used to convert the Company’s fixed rate long-term debt to a variable rate.  The critical terms of the interest rate swaps match the terms of the corresponding hedged items.  All components of each derivative instrument’s gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.  The Company recognized approximately $1.3 million , $814 thousand and $4.6 million of fair value hedging gains as a result of hedge ineffectiveness for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Company recognized decreases of $24.0 million , $29.4 million and $39.2 million , respectively, to interest expense related to interest rate swaps accounted for as fair value hedges.


The Company recognized no gains or losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 related to hedged firm commitments no longer qualifying as a fair value hedge.  At December 31, 2013 , the fair value hedges had a weighted average expected remaining term of 5.5 years.


During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company partially extinguished $126 million in aggregate principal amount of subordinated debentures. In connection with this extinguishment, the Company unwound $126 million of swaps associated with this issuance.  See Note 11 ,  FHLB and Other Borrowings , for further discussion.


During the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company partially extinguished $150 million in aggregate principal amount of subordinated debentures. In connection with this extinguishment, the Company unwound $150 million of swaps associated with this issuance.  See Note 11 ,  FHLB and Other Borrowings , for further discussion.


The following table reflects the change in fair value for interest rate contracts and the related hedged items as well as other gains and losses related to fair value hedges included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Gain (Loss) for the Years EndedDecember 31,Consolidated Statements of Income Caption201320122011(In Thousands)Change in fair value of interest rate contracts:Interest rate swaps hedging long term debtInterest on FHLB and other borrowings$(37,191)$(6,500)$83,151Hedged long term debtInterest on FHLB and other borrowings38,4447,314(78,504)Other gains on interest rate contracts:Interest and amortization related to interest rate swaps on hedged long term debtInterest on FHLB and other borrowings22,78128,62834,550


134


---

Table of Contents


Cash Flow Hedges


The Company enters into cash flow hedging relationships using interest rate swaps and options, such as caps and floors, to mitigate exposure to the variability in future cash flows or other forecasted transactions associated with its floating rate assets and liabilities.  The Company uses interest rate swaps and options to hedge the repricing characteristics of its floating rate commercial loans and FHLB advances.  All components of each derivative instrument’s gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.  The initial assessment of expected hedge effectiveness is based on regression analysis.  The ongoing periodic measures of hedge ineffectiveness are based on the expected change in cash flows of the hedged item caused by changes in the benchmark interest rate.  There were no material cash flow hedging gains or losses recognized because of hedge ineffectiveness for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .  There were no gains or losses reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) because of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges related to certain forecasted transactions that are probable of not occurring for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Company reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to interest income $(5.0) million , $2.3 million and $7.7 million , respectively, related to interest rate swaps and floors accounted for as cash flow hedges.  At December 31, 2013 , cash flow hedges not terminated had a net fair value of $8.2 million and a weighted average life of 3.5 years.  Based on the current interest rate environment, $1.7 million of losses are expected to be reclassified to net interest income over the next 12 months as net settlements occur.  The maximum length of time over which the entity is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is 7.6 years.


The following table presents the effect of derivative instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


Gain (Loss) for the Years EndedDecember 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Interest rate contracts:Net change in amount recognized in other comprehensive income$8,098$(2,824)$(1,844)Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into net interest income(4,956)2,2617,727Amount of ineffectiveness recognized in net interest income———


Derivatives Not Designated As Hedges


Derivatives not designated as hedges include those that are entered into as either economic hedges as part of the Company’s overall risk management strategy or to facilitate client needs.  Economic hedges are those that do not qualify to be treated as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or foreign currency hedge for accounting purposes, but are necessary to economically manage the risk exposure associated with the assets and liabilities of the Company.


The Company also enters into a variety of interest rate contracts, commodity contracts and foreign exchange contracts in its trading activities.  The primary purpose for using these derivative instruments in the trading account is to facilitate customer transactions.  The trading interest rate contract portfolio is actively managed and hedged with similar products to limit market value risk of the portfolio.  Changes in the estimated fair value of contracts in the trading account along with the related interest settlements on the contracts are recorded in noninterest income as corporate and correspondent investment sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Risk Management and Other Purposes


The Company enters into forward contracts to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates.  Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a component of mortgage banking income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


135


---

Table of Contents


In conjunction with the sale of its Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009 , the Company entered into a total return swap in which the Company will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. This total return swap is accounted for as a free-standing derivative.


The Company offers its customers equity-linked CDs that have a return linked to equity indices. Under appropriate accounting guidance, a CD that pays interest based on changes in an equity index is a hybrid instrument that requires separation into a host contract (the CD) and an embedded derivative contract (written equity call option). The Company has entered into an offsetting derivative contract in order to economically hedge the exposure related to the issuance of equity-linked CDs. Both the embedded derivative and derivative contract entered into by the Company are recorded at fair value with offsetting gains and losses recognized within noninterest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The embedded derivative is classified as a free-standing derivative instrument to accommodate customers while the offsetting derivative contract intended to hedge the Company’s exposure is classified as a free-standing derivative instrument for risk management and other purposes.


The Company also enters into foreign currency contracts to hedge its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates due to its funding of commercial loans in foreign currencies.


The net gains and losses recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income from free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management and other purposes are summarized in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


Gain (Loss) for the Years EndedDecember 31,Consolidated Statements of Income Caption201320122011(In Thousands)Interest rate contracts:Forward and option contracts related to residential mortgage loans held for saleMortgage banking income$2,344$(1,225)$(2,251)Equity contracts:Purchased equity option related to equity-linked CDsOther noninterest expense24,5142,209(3,419)Foreign currency contracts:Forward contracts related to commercial loansCorporate and correspondent investment sales(4,460)(1,975)539Spot contracts related to commercial loansCorporate and correspondent investment sales469——


Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Customer Accommodation


The majority of free-standing derivative instruments the Company enters into are for the benefit of its commercial customers.  These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting.  The Company may economically hedge significant exposures related to these derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of customers by entering into offsetting contracts with high-quality counterparties with substantially matching terms. Revaluation gains and losses on commodity and other commercial customer derivative contracts are recorded as a component of corporate and correspondent investment sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


Interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loan commitments that will be held for resale are also considered free-standing derivative instruments, and the interest rate exposure on these commitments is economically hedged primarily with forward contracts. Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a component of mortgage banking income in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.


As previously noted, the Company offers its customers equity-linked CDs that have a return linked to equity indices. The embedded derivative is classified as a free-standing derivative instrument to accommodate customers.


136


---

Table of Contents


The net gains and losses recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used as a customer accommodation are summarized in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


Gain (Loss) For the Year EndedDecember 31,Consolidated Statements of Income Caption201320122011(In Thousands)Futures contractsCorporate and correspondent investment sales$172$(1,622)$(3,437)Interest rate contracts:Interest rate contracts for customersCorporate and correspondent investment sales31,27128,755(6,749)Interest rate lock commitmentsMortgage banking income(4,126)2,9251,905Commodity contracts:Commodity contracts for customersCorporate and correspondent investment sales269824,846Foreign currency contracts:Foreign currency exchange contracts for customersCorporate and correspondent investment sales62414360Equity contracts:Written equity option related to equity-linked CDsOther noninterest expense(24,158)(1,942)3,672


Derivatives Credit and Market Risks


By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk.  If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the Company’s fair value gain in a derivative.  When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty owes the Company and, therefore, creates a credit risk for the Company.  When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, it has no credit risk.  The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically.  Credit losses are also mitigated through collateral agreements and other contract provisions with derivative counterparties.


Market risk is the adverse effect that a change in interest rates or implied volatility rates has on the value of a financial instrument.  The Company manages the market risk associated with interest rate contracts by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken.


The Company’s derivatives activities are monitored by its Asset/Liability Committee as part of its risk-management oversight of the Company’s treasury function.  The Company’s Asset/Liability Committee is responsible for mandating various hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources.  The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the Company’s overall interest rate risk management and trading strategies.


Entering into interest rate swap agreements and options involves not only the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet the terms of the contracts but also interest rate risk associated with unmatched positions. At December 31, 2013 , interest rate swap agreements and options classified as trading were substantially matched.  The Company had credit risk of $290 million related to derivative instruments in the trading account portfolio, which does not take into consideration master netting arrangements or the value of the collateral.  There were $5.2 million , $7.2 million and $11.5 million in credit losses associated with derivative instruments classified as trading for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  At December 31, 2013 , there were $54 thousand nonperforming derivative positions classified as trading and at December 31, 2012 there were no nonperforming derivative positions classified as trading.


The Company’s derivative positions held for hedging purposes are primarily executed in the over-the-counter market.  These positions have credit risk of $72 million , which does not take into consideration master netting arrangements or the value of the collateral.


137


---

Table of Contents


There were no credit losses associated with derivative instruments classified as nontrading for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , there were no nonperforming derivative positions classified as nontrading.


As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had recorded the right to reclaim cash collateral of $26 million and $77 million , respectively, within other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and had recorded the obligation to return cash collateral of $38 million and $30 million , respectively, within deposits on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.


Contingent Features


Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require the Company’s debt to maintain a certain credit rating from each of the major credit rating agencies.  If the Company’s debt were to fall below this rating, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.  The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position on December 31, 2013 was $57 million for which the Company has collateral requirements of $54 million in the normal course of business.  If the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered on December 31, 2013 , the Company’s collateral requirements to its counterparties would increase by $3 million .  The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position on December 31, 2012 was $186 million for which the Company had collateral requirements of $182 million in the normal course of business.  If the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered on December 31, 2012 , the Company’s collateral requirements to its counterparties would have increased by $4 million .


( 14 ) Assets and Liabilities Subject to Enforceable Master Netting Arrangements


Derivatives


In conjunction with the derivative and hedging activity discussed in Note 13  Derivatives and Hedging , the Company is party to master netting arrangements with its financial institution counterparties for some of its derivative and hedging activities.  The Company does not offset assets and liabilities under these master netting arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes.  The master netting arrangements provide for single net settlement of all derivative instrument arrangements, as well as collateral, in the event of default, or termination of, any one contract with the respective counterparties.  Cash collateral is usually posted by the counterparty with a net liability position in accordance with contract thresholds.


Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase


The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. The securities pledged as collateral are generally U.S. government and federal agency securities. The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, while the securities underlying the repurchase agreements remain in the respective investment securities asset accounts available for sale.  There is no offsetting or netting of the investment securities assets with the repurchase agreement liabilities.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company has no repurchase agreements that were subject to enforceable master netting arrangements.


138


---

Table of Contents


The following represents the Company’s assets/liabilities subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .  The derivative instruments the Company has with its customers are not subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement.


Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance SheetsGross Amounts RecognizedGross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance SheetsNet Amount Presented in the Consolidated Balance SheetsFinancial Instruments(1)Cash Collateral Received/ Pledged(1)Net Amount(In Thousands)December 31, 2013Derivative financial assets:Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement$192,771$—$192,771$7,723$37,189$147,859Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement220,340—220,340——220,340Total derivative financial assets$413,111$—$413,111$7,723$37,189$368,199Derivative financial liabilities:Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement$200,207$—$200,207$46,466$25,910$127,831Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement85,497—85,497——85,497Total derivative financial liabilities$285,704$—$285,704$46,466$25,910$213,328December 31, 2012Derivative financial assets:Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement$216,760$—$216,760$146,127$70,633$—Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement474,171—474,171——474,171Total derivative financial assets$690,931$—$690,931$146,127$70,633$474,171Derivative financial liabilities:Total derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement$414,701$—$414,701$—$29,936$384,765Total derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement94,102—94,102——94,102Total derivative financial liabilities$508,803$—$508,803$—$29,936$478,867


|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | The actual amount of collateral received/pledged is limited to the derivative asset/liability balance and does not include excess collateral received/pledged. When excess collateral exists the collateral shown in the table above has been allocated based on the percentage of the actual amount of collateral posted.

(15)  Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees


Lease Commitments


The Company leases certain facilities and equipment for use in its businesses.  The leases for facilities are generally for periods of 10 to 20 years with various renewal options, while leases for equipment generally have terms not in excess of five years.  The majority of the leases for facilities contain rental escalation clauses tied to changes in price indices.  Certain real property leases contain purchase options.  Management expects that most leases will be renewed


139


---

Table of Contents


or replaced with new leases in the normal course of business.  At December 31, 2013 , the Company had $32.8 million of assets recorded as capital leases for which $14.9 million of accumulated depreciated had been recognized.


The following table provides the annual future minimum payments under capital leases and noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2013 :


Operating LeaseCapital Lease(In Thousands)2014$61,210$2,907201555,9472,147201651,3472,188201745,6922,272201839,6432,336Thereafter214,27818,583Total$468,117$30,433


The Company incurred lease expense of $66.8 million , $64.6 million and $62.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The Company received lease income of $5.4 million , $4.5 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, related to space leased to third parties.


Commitments to Extend Credit & Standby and Commercial Letters of Credit


The following represents the Company’s commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit as of December 31:


20132012(In Thousands)Commitments to extend credit$26,545,608$20,965,717Standby and commercial letters of credit2,093,1592,306,556


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.


Standby and commercial letters of credit are commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions, and expire in decreasing amounts with terms ranging from one to four years.


The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit and commitments is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.  The fair value of the letters of credit and commitments typically approximates the fee received from the customer for issuing such commitments.  These fees are deferred and are recognized over the commitment period.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the recorded amount of these deferred fees was $4.9 million and $11.3 million , respectively.  The Company holds various assets as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.  At December 31, 2013 , the maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments the Company could be required to make under outstanding standby letters of credit was $2.1 billion .  At both December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had $76 million of reserves related to letters of credit and unfunded commitments recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.


Loan Sale Recourse


The Company has potential recourse related to FNMA securitizations.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the amount of potential recourse was $20 million , of which the Company had reserved $738 thousand and $513 thousand ,


140


---

Table of Contents


respectively, which is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets for the respective years.


The Company also issues standard representations and warranties related to mortgage loan sales to government-sponsored agencies. Although these agreements often do not specify limitations, the Company does not believe that any payments related to these warranties would materially change the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. The Company recorded $1 million and $2 million of reserves in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets related to potential losses from loans sold at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.


Loss Sharing Agreement


In connection with the Guaranty acquisition, the Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that covered approximately $9.7 billion of loans and OREO, excluding the impact of purchase accounting adjustments.  In accordance with the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC’s obligation to reimburse the Bank for losses with respect to the acquired loans and acquired OREO begins with the first dollar of incurred losses, as defined in the loss sharing agreements.  The terms of the loss sharing agreements provide that the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80% of incurred losses up to $2.3 billion and 95% of incurred losses in excess of $2.3 billion .  Gains and recoveries on covered assets offset incurred losses, or are paid to the FDIC, at the applicable loss share percentage at the time of recovery.  The loss sharing agreements provide for FDIC loss sharing for five years for commercial loans and 10 years for single family residential loans.


The provisions of the loss sharing agreements may also require a payment by the Bank to the FDIC on October 15, 2019 .  On that date, the Bank is required to pay the FDIC 60% of the excess, if any, of (i) $457 million over (ii) the sum of (a) 25% of the total net amounts paid to the Bank under both of the loss share agreements plus (b) 20% of the deemed total cost to the Bank of administering the covered assets under the loss sharing agreements.  The deemed total cost to the Bank of administering the covered assets is the sum of 2% of the average of the principal amount of covered assets based on the beginning and end of year balances for each of the 10 years during which the loss share agreements are in effect.  At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , the Company estimates the potential amount of payment due to the FDIC in 2019 , at the end of the loss share agreements, to be $140 million and $123 million , respectively. The ultimate settlement amount of this payment due to the FDIC is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time and actual claims submitted to the FDIC.


Legal and Regulatory Proceedings


In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to legal proceedings, including claims, litigation, investigations and administrative proceedings, all of which are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business.  The Company believes it has substantial defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding legal proceedings and, with respect to such legal proceedings, intends to continue to defend itself vigorously against such legal proceedings.


Set forth below are descriptions of certain of the Company’s legal proceedings.


In October 2010 , the Company was named as a defendant in a putative class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Florida, Stephen T. Anderson, on behalf of himself and others so situated v. Compass Bank , wherein the plaintiff alleges the Company inappropriately assessed and collected overdraft and insufficient fund fees. On June 27, 2012 , the parties agreed to settle this matter as a nationwide class of consumer customers for $11.5 million .  The settlement was contingent upon court approval. The court granted preliminary approval on March 18, 2013 , and the $11.5 million settlement amount was paid into escrow on March 29, 2013 . Notice was provided to the class members in April 2013 . The deadline to object to or opt out of the settlement was June 6, 2013 . The court granted final approval on August 7, 2013 . The deadline to file a claim was September 30, 2013 . Individual settlement payments were distributed to the class members during the week of January 6, 2014 , concluding this matter.


In February 2012 , the Company was named as a defendant in a putative class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Kevin Vaughan, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated v. Compass Bank , wherein the plaintiff alleges the Company denied earned wages, including overtime pay, to its MBOs, and discouraged MBOs from entering more than 40 hours per workweek


141


---

Table of Contents


in the timekeeping system.  The plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary relief. This case was stayed pending a decision from the Fifth Circuit on appeal of the NLRB'a decision invalidating class action waivers as violating employees' collective bargaining rights under the National Labor Relations Act. On December 3, 2013 , the Fifth Circuit overturned the NLRB’s decision. This matter will become a single plaintiff arbitration. The Company believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously.


In May 2012 , the Company was named as a defendant in a putative class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Jacqueline  Garza, on behalf of herself and similarly situated employees v. BBVA Bancomer USA, Inc. and Compass Bank , wherein the plaintiff alleges the Company denied overtime pay to its Assistant Branch Managers who were allegedly improperly classified as exempt from the overtime pay mandates of the Fair Labor Standards Act. The plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary relief. This case was stayed pending a decision from the Fifth Circuit on appeal of the NLRB decision invalidating class action waivers as violating employees' collective bargaining rights under the National Labor Relations Act. On December 3, 2013 , the Fifth Circuit overturned the NLRB’s decision.  This matter will become a single plaintiff arbitration. The Company believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously.


In November 2012 , the Company was named as a defendant in a putative class action lawsuit filed in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Alameda, Cheryl Deaver, on behalf of herself and others so situated v. Compass Bank , wherein the plaintiff alleges the Company failed to provide lawful meal periods or wages in lieu thereof, full compensation for hours worked, or timely wages due at termination (the plaintiff had previously filed a similar lawsuit in May 2011 which was dismissed without prejudice when the plaintiff failed to meet certain filing deadlines).  The plaintiff further alleges that the Company did not comply with wage statement requirements. The plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary relief. The Company believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously.


In June 2013 , the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court of the Northern District of Alabama, Intellectual Ventures II, LLC v. BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. and BBVA Compass , wherein the plaintiff alleges the Company is infringing five patents owned by the plaintiff and related to the security infrastructure for the Company's online banking services.  The plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary relief.  The Company believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously.


The Company (including the Bank) is or may become involved from time to time in information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by various governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies regarding the Company’s business. Such matters may result in material adverse consequences, including without limitation adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, orders, injunctions, alterations in the Company’s business practices or other actions, and could result in additional expenses and collateral costs, including reputational damage, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


As noted in Note 2 the Company owns all of the outstanding stock of BSI, a registered broker-dealer. Applicable law limits BSI from deriving more than 25 percent of its gross revenues from underwriting or dealing in bank-ineligible securities (“ineligible revenue”). Prior to the contribution of BSI to the Company in April 2013, BSI’s ineligible revenues in certain periods exceeded the 25 percent limit. It is possible that the Federal Reserve Board may take either formal or informal enforcement action against BSI and the Company and civil money penalties cannot be excluded.  At this time, the Company does not know the amount of a potential civil money penalty, if any.


There are other litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business.  The Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available.  Where it is probable that the Company will incur a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability in its consolidated financial statements.  These legal reserves may be increased or decreased to reflect any relevant developments.  Where a loss is not probable or the amount of loss is not estimable, the Company does not accrue legal reserves.  At December 31, 2013 , the Company had accrued legal reserves in the amount of $9 million .  Additionally, for those matters where a loss is both estimable and reasonably possible, the Company estimates losses that it could incur beyond the accrued legal reserves. Under U.S. GAAP, an event is "reasonably possible" if "the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely" and an event is "remote" if "the chance


142


---

Table of Contents


of the future event  or events occurring is slight." At December 31, 2013 , there were no such matters where a loss was both estimable and reasonably possible beyond the accrued legal reserve.


While the outcome of legal proceedings and the timing of the ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict, based on information currently available, advice of counsel and available insurance coverage, the Company believes that it has established adequate legal reserves.  Further, based upon available information, the Company is of the opinion that these legal proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.  However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Company’s results of operations for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the size of the loss or liability imposed and the operating results for the applicable period.


Income Tax Review


The Company is subject to review and examination from various tax authorities. The Company is currently under examination by the IRS and a number of states, and has received notices of proposed adjustments related to federal and state income taxes due for prior years.  Management believes that adequate provisions for income taxes have been recorded.  Refer to Note 19 , Income Taxes , for additional information on various tax audits.


( 16 ) Regulatory Matters and Dividends from Subsidiaries


The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of each entity's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The capital amounts and classification of the Company and the Bank are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.


Quantitative measures established by the regulators to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based capital ratio of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, minimum Total Risk-Based capital ratio of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets and a minimum leverage ratio of 4% of adjusted quarterly assets.


At December 31, 2013 , the regulatory capital ratios of the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum ratios required for “well-capitalized” banks as defined by federal banking laws.  To be categorized as “well-capitalized,” the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum Total Risk-Based Capital, Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital and leverage ratios of at least 10% , 6% and 5% , respectively.


143


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents the actual capital amounts and ratios of the Company and the Bank at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Total Risk-Based CapitalTier 1 Risk-Based CapitalLeverageAmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio(Dollars in Thousands)December 31, 2013BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (formerly known as BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.) (1)$7,822,85813.74%$6,613,88511.62%$6,613,8859.87%Compass Bank7,517,82913.23%6,310,29011.11%6,310,2909.50%December 31, 2012BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (formerly known as BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.) (1)$7,296,72114.28%$5,969,97611.68%$5,969,9769.43%BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (1)7,269,30214.22%5,942,56911.63%5,942,5699.39%Compass Bank7,122,27413.94%5,795,78011.34%5,795,7809.16%


|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | At December 31, 2012, the Company operated under a two tier holding company structure that consisted of BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., the top tier U.S. holding company, which controlled a mid-tier holding company, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.  On May 14, 2013, BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., the mid-tier holding company, was merged into BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., the top tier U.S. holding company.  Subsequent to the merger, BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.'s name was changed to BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.

Dividends paid by the Bank are the primary source of funds available to the Parent for payment of dividends to its shareholder and other needs.  Applicable federal and state statutes and regulations impose restrictions on the amount of dividends that may be declared by the Bank.  In addition to the formal statutes and regulations, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of each bank’s total capital in relation to its assets, deposits and other such items. Capital adequacy considerations could further limit the availability of dividends from the Bank.  The Bank could have paid additional dividends to the Parent in the amount of $1.8 billion while continuing to meet the capital requirements for “well-capitalized” banks at December 31, 2013 ; however, due to the net earnings restrictions on dividend distributions, the Bank did not have the ability to pay any dividends at December 31, 2013 without regulatory approval.


The Bank is required to maintain cash balances with the Federal Reserve.  The average amount of these balances for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 approximated $3.4 billion and $3.3 billion , respectively.


(17)  Stock Based Compensation


The Company awards restricted share units to certain of the Company’s employees payable in ADSs.  The vesting period for the restricted share units range from one to three years after the date of grant.  Accordingly, the fair value of the restricted share units is expensed over the appropriate vesting period.  Fair value represents the closing price of the ADSs on the date of grant.  The Company purchases shares from BBVA at fair value to fulfill its obligations with the employee upon vesting.  The Company recognized compensation expense in connection with restricted share units awarded of $8.3 million , $6.8 million and $13.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  At December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Company had $6.3 million , $8.5 million and $6.6 million , respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested restricted common stock granted and expected to vest.


144


---

Table of Contents


The following summary sets forth the activity related to the restricted share units for the years ended December 31,


201320122011Restricted Share UnitsWeighted Average Grant PriceRestricted Share UnitsWeighted Average Grant PriceRestricted Share UnitsWeighted Average Grant PriceNonvested, January 11,718,493$10.421,727,384$13.151,452,052$17.49Granted647,50311.081,191,8079.501,632,43510.20Vested(763,999)10.59(1,053,265)13.40(1,018,581)13.76Forfeited(52,886)12.80(147,433)15.86(338,522)15.70Nonvested, December 311,549,111$10.531,718,493$10.421,727,384$13.15





(18)  Benefit Plans


Defined Benefit Plan


The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  Under the plan, vested participants are entitled to a monthly benefit upon retirement equal to a percentage of their eligible compensation (generally defined as direct cash compensation exclusive of bonuses and commissions) earned in the five consecutive years of benefit service that produce the highest average. Prior to January 1, 2003 , the percentage amount of the benefit was determined by multiplying the number of years, up to 30 , of a participant’s service with the Company by 1.8% .  Benefits were reduced by Social Security payments at the rate of 1.8% of the primary Social Security benefit multiplied by years of service up to 30 years.  Effective January 1, 2003 , participants were given the option to remain in the defined benefit pension plan or move to an enhanced defined contribution plan.  For those participants electing to remain in the defined benefit pension plan, the plan was modified to eliminate the Social Security offset feature of the monthly benefit calculation.  Under the modified formula, benefits are generally based on years of service, age at retirement and the employee’s average compensation earned in the five consecutive years of service that produce the highest average. Employees of the Company who are over the age of 21 and have worked 1000 hours or more in their first 12 months of employment or 1000 hours or more in any calendar year thereafter are eligible to participate in the plan, except for project consultants, employees of certain insurance and investment management affiliates, and employees hired for the first time by the Company after January 1, 2002 .  Effective January 1, 2003 , the defined benefit pension plan was closed to new participants.  Participants are vested in benefits accruing under the plan after five years of qualifying service. Benefits are payable monthly commencing on the later of age 65 or the participant’s date of retirement.  Eligible participants with at least five years of service may retire at reduced benefit levels after reaching age 55 .


145


---

Table of Contents


The following tables summarize the Company’s defined benefit pension plan for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Obligations and Funded Status


20132012(In Thousands)Change in benefit obligation:Benefit obligation, January 1$342,848$317,075Service cost6,2626,843Interest cost13,52313,464Actuarial (loss)/gain(40,770)14,184Benefits paid(9,668)(8,718)Benefit obligation, December 31312,195342,848Change in plan assets:Fair value of plan assets, January 1366,560353,056Actual return on plan assets(43,196)22,222Benefits paid(9,668)(8,718)Fair value of plan assets, December 31313,696366,560Funded status1,50123,712Net actuarial loss56,63343,987Net amount recognized$58,134$67,699


Amounts recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist of:


20132012(In Thousands)Prepaid benefit cost - other assets$1,501$23,712Deferred tax – other assets20,84116,139Accumulated other comprehensive income35,79227,848Net amount recognized$58,134$67,699


The accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan was $283 million and $311 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  The Company anticipates amortizing $1.7 million of the actuarial loss from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next twelve months.


The components of net periodic benefit cost recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 are as follows.


201320122011(In Thousands)Service cost$6,262$6,843$5,577Interest cost13,52313,46414,039Expected return on plan assets(10,706)(11,158)(17,740)Recognized actuarial loss4867993,431Net periodic benefit cost$9,565$9,948$5,307


146


---

Table of Contents


The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


20132012(Dollars in Thousands)Change in defined benefit plan included in other comprehensive income$7,944$1,377Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31:Discount rate4.86%4.03%Rate of compensation increase3.25%3.50%Weighted average assumptions used to determine net pension income for year ended December 31:Discount rate4.03%4.28%Expected return on plan assets2.96%3.22%Rate of compensation increase3.50%3.50%


To establish the discount rate utilized, the Company performs an analysis of matching anticipated cash flows for the duration of the plan liabilities to third party forward discount curves.  To develop the expected return on plan assets, the Company considers the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with other asset classes in which plan assets are invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class.  The expected return for each asset class is then weighted based on the target asset allocation, and a range of expected return on plan assets is developed.  Based on this information, the plan’s Retirement Committee sets the discount rate and expected rate of return assumption.


Future Benefit Payments


The following table summarizes the estimated benefits to be paid in the following periods.


(In Thousands)2014$10,666201511,636201612,587201713,519201814,7232019-202390,598


The expected benefits above were estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2013 and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.


Plan Assets


The Company’s Retirement Committee sets the investment policy for the defined benefit pension plan and reviews investment performance and asset allocation on a quarterly basis.  The current asset allocation for the plan is entirely allocated to fixed income securities, including: U.S Treasury and other U.S. government securities, corporate debt securities and municipal debt securities, as well as cash and cash equivalent securities.


147


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets as of December 31, 2013 .


Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical AssetsSignificant Other Observable InputsSignificant Unobservable InputsFair Value(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)(In Thousands)December 31, 2013Assets:Cash and cash equivalents$4,368$4,368$—$—Fixed income securities:U.S. Treasury and other U.S government agencies188,147173,06115,086—States and political subdivisions9,853—9,853—Corporate bonds111,328—111,328—Total fixed income securities309,328173,061136,267—Fair value of plan assets$313,696$177,429$136,267$—December 31, 2012Assets:Cash and cash equivalents$4,820$4,820$—$—Fixed income securities:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies237,493219,65817,835—States and political subdivisions12,263—12,263—Corporate bonds111,984—111,984—Total fixed income securities361,740219,658142,082—Fair value of plan assets$366,560$224,478$142,082$—


In general, the fair value applied to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets is based upon quoted market prices or Level 1 measurements, where available.  If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use observable market based parameters as inputs, or Level 2 measurements.  Level 3 measurements include discounted cash flow analyses based on assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place, such as projections of future cash flows, loss assumptions and discount rates.  See Note 20 , Fair Value of Financial Instruments , for a further discussion of the fair value hierarchy.


Supplemental Retirement Plans


The Company maintains unfunded defined benefit plans for certain key executives that are intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and provide additional retirement benefits not otherwise provided through the Company’s basic retirement benefit plans.  These plans had unfunded projected benefit obligations and net plan liabilities of $33 million and $36 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, which are reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as accrued expenses and other liabilities.  Net periodic expenses of these plans were $2.0 million , $1.3 million , and $1.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had $8.0 million and $10.1 million , respectively, recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, related to these plans.


Defined Contribution Profit Sharing Plan


Since January 1, 2003 , the Company had sponsored a defined contribution profit sharing plan that was intended to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  During 2002 , employees participating in the defined benefit pension plan could choose to participate in the newly established defined contribution profit sharing plan in lieu of accumulating future benefit service in the defined benefit pension plan.  The Company made contributions on behalf of each participant in the plan based on eligible pay and years of service.  The Company’s contribution ranged


148


---

Table of Contents


from 2% to 4% of the employee’s base pay based on the employee’s years of service.  Participation in the plan was limited to employees hired for the first time after January 1, 2002 and those participants in the defined benefit pension plan who, in 2002 , chose to forego future accumulation of benefit service.  The Company recognized $13.7 million , and $13.6 million of expense related to this defined contribution profit sharing plan for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  On January 1, 2013 , the plan was merged into the Company's employee defined contribution plan.


Employee Defined Contribution Plan


At December 31, 2013 , the Company sponsored a defined contribution plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a), 401(k), 409 and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  Under this plan, employees may contribute up to 75% of their compensation on a pretax basis subject to statutory limits.  The Company makes matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 3% of compensation deferred, plus 50% of the next 2% of compensation deferred.  The Company may make additional non-matching contributions to the plan.  The Company’s matching contributions totaled $17.3 million , $17.4 million and $16.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The Company did not make non-matching contributions in 2013 , 2012 or 2011 .  Company matching contributions are vested immediately for employees.  Company non-matching contributions are vested after three years of employment.  On January 1, 2013, the Company's defined contribution profit sharing plan was merged into the Employee defined contribution plan. The Company recognized $15.2 million of expense related to this portion of the plan for the year ended December 31, 2013 .


( 19 ) Income Taxes


For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 income tax expense consisted of the following:


201320122011(In Thousands)Current income tax expense:Federal$121,874$99,468$56,085State14,81610,896(9,660)Total136,690110,36446,425Deferred income tax expense:Federal32,501104,75642,767State1,6294,5818,983Total34,130109,33751,750Total income tax expense$170,820$219,701$98,175


149


---

Table of Contents


Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 differed from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to pretax earnings for the following reasons:


201320122011AmountPercent of Pretax EarningsAmountPercent of Pretax EarningsAmountPercent of Pretax Earnings(Dollars in Thousands)Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate$206,76235.0%$244,54935.0%$(573,716)35.0%Increase (decrease) resulting from:Goodwill impairment————696,704(42.5)Tax-exempt interest income(38,632)(6.5)(30,176)(4.3)(22,521)1.4Change in valuation allowance(5,714)(1.0)2,7130.413,831(0.8)Bank owned life insurance(6,211)(1.1)(7,117)(1.0)(7,390)0.5Income tax credits(6,452)(1.1)(6,300)(0.9)(5,596)0.2State income tax, net of federal income taxes17,5953.012,0751.7(441)0.1Other3,4720.63,9570.5(2,696)0.1Income tax expense$170,82028.9%$219,70131.4%$98,175(6.0)%


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are presented below.


20132012(In Thousands)Deferred tax assets:Allowance for loan losses$255,193$286,269Accrued expenses56,265107,527Loan valuation4,49022,332Net unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale, hedging instruments and defined benefit plan adjustment50,23029,875Other real estate owned3,0917,468Federal net operating loss carryforwards26,19123,575Other59,05967,926Gross deferred taxes454,519544,972Valuation allowance(31,137)(36,851)Total deferred tax assets423,382508,121Deferred tax liabilities:Premises and equipment166,478217,469Core deposit and other acquired intangibles49,36361,986Capitalized loan costs42,02843,499Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale, hedging instruments and defined benefit plan adjustment—44,752Other37,30943,187Total deferred tax liabilities295,178410,893Net deferred tax asset$128,204$97,228


As of December 31, 2013 , the Company has approximately $56.0 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards for future utilization, primarily attributable to BSI. The Company gained control of BSI on April 8, 2013 . These NOLs were generated in taxable years during which BSI was not a member of  the federal consolidated tax group. Consequently, these NOLs are subject to certain limitations and may not be used any earlier than the taxable period during which BSI generates federal taxable income. Therefore, a full valuation allowance of $18.1 million and $16.8 million has been


150


---

Table of Contents


set up against the BSI federal NOL at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  The net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2020 .


A real estate investment subsidiary of the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.8 million at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  These losses begin to expire in 2030 .  The Company has determined that it is more likely than not the benefit from this deferred tax asset will not be realized in the carryforward period and has recorded a full valuation allowance of approximately $6.6 million against the asset at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Additionally, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7.0 million and $13.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  These state net operating losses expire in years 2014 through 2032 .  The Company believes it is more likely than not the benefit from certain state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized, and, accordingly, has established a valuation allowance associated with these net operating loss carryforwards.  The Company had recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $6.1 million and $13.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, related to these state net operating loss carryforwards.


The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of the gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 :


201320122011(In Thousands)Unrecognized income tax benefits, January 1$28,639$33,357$40,031Increases for tax positions related to:Prior years458451—Current year3,3404,4381,001Decreases for tax positions related to:Prior years(368)(382)(352)Current year(78)(8,180)(1,633)Settlement with taxing authorities———Expiration of applicable statutes of limitation—(1,045)(5,690)Unrecognized income tax benefits, December 31$31,991$28,639$33,357


During the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Company recognized $4.0 million , $(364) thousand and $844 thousand of interest related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, respectively.  During the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Company recognized no penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had approximately $9.0 million and $5.0 million , respectively, of accrued interest and penalties recognized related to unrecognized tax benefits within accrued expenses and other liabilities.  Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $26.1 million , $22.6 million , and $19.1 million , respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized after the balance sheet date, would affect the effective tax rate.  Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $5.9 million , $6.0 million and $14.2 million , respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized after the balance sheet date, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred taxes.


The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by various taxing authorities.  The following table summarizes the tax years that are either currently under examination or remain open under the statute of limitations and subject to examination by the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates:


JurisdictionsOpen Tax YearsFederal2005-2013Various states (1)2006-2013


(1) Major state tax jurisdictions include Alabama, California, Texas and New York.


The Company believes that it has adequately reserved on federal and state issues and any variance on final resolution, whether over or under the reserve amount, would be immaterial to the financial statements.


151


---

Table of Contents


It is reasonably possible that the above unrecognized tax benefits could be reduced by approximately $5.9 million , plus applicable interest, in 2014 due to a change in tax accounting method by the Company.  If this were to occur, there would be no effect to income tax expense as this change would impact the net deferred tax asset.


(20)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments


The Company applies the fair value accounting guidance required under ASC Topic 820 which establishes a framework for measuring fair value.  This guidance defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  This guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  A financial instrument’s categorization within this fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement.  The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows.


|  |                                                                                                        
|- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Level 1 – Fair value is based on quoted prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Level 2 – Fair value is based on quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Level 3 – Fair value is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.  Level 3 assets and liabilities would include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar pricing techniques based on the Company’s own assumptions about what market participants would use to price the asset or liability.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments under the fair value hierarchy, is set forth below.  These valuation methodologies were applied to the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value.  In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use observable market based parameters as inputs. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as other unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, the reported fair value amounts have not been comprehensively revalued since the presentation dates, and, therefore, estimates of fair value after the balance sheet date may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.


Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis


Trading account assets and liabilities, securities available for sale, certain mortgage loans held for sale, derivative assets and liabilities, and mortgage servicing rights are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  The following is a description of the valuation methodologies for these assets and liabilities.


Trading account assets and liabilities and investment securities available for sale – Trading account assets and liabilities and investment securities available for sale consist of U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, debt obligations of state and political subdivisions, other debt and equity securities, and derivative contracts.


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies securities are valued based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, benchmark securities, and bids/offers of government-sponsored enterprise securities.  These valuations are Level 2 measurements.

152


---

Table of Contents


|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Mortgage-backed securities are primarily valued using market-based pricing matrices that are based on observable inputs including benchmark To Be Announced security prices, U.S. Treasury yields, U.S. dollar swap yields, and benchmark floating-rate indices.  Mortgage-backed securities pricing may also give consideration to pool-specific data such as prepayment history and collateral characteristics.  Valuations for mortgage-backed securities are therefore classified as Level 2 measurements.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Collateralized mortgage obligations are valued using market-based pricing matrices that are based on observable inputs including reported trades, bids, offers, dealer quotes, U.S. Treasury yields, U.S. dollar swap yields, market convention prepayment speeds, tranche-specific characteristics, prepayment history, and collateral characteristics.  Fair value measurements for collateralized mortgage obligations are classified as Level 2.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
|- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Debt obligations of states and political subdivisions are primarily valued using market-based pricing matrices that are based on observable inputs including Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board reported trades, issuer spreads, material event notices, and benchmark yield curves.  These valuations are Level 2 measurements.  For less than 1% of municipal securities where comparable market data is not readily available, the Company uses an external pricing source to assess valuations based on information and assumptions that are not readily observable in the market place.  The valuations for these municipals are classified as Level 3.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Other debt and equity securities consist of mutual funds, foreign and corporate debt, and U.S. government agency equity securities.  Mutual funds are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets trading on active exchanges.  These valuations are Level 1 measurements.  Foreign and corporate debt valuations are based on information and assumptions that are observable in the market place.  The valuations for these securities are therefore classified as Level 2.  U.S. government agency equity securities are valued based on quoted market prices of identical assets trading on active exchanges.  These valuations thus qualify as Level 1 measurements.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Other derivative assets and liabilities consist primarily of interest rate and commodity contracts.  The Company’s interest rate contracts are valued utilizing Level 2 observable inputs (yield curves and volatilities) to determine a current market price for each interest rate contract.  Commodity contracts are priced using raw market data, primarily in the form of quotes for fixed and basis swaps with monthly, quarterly, seasonal or calendar-year terms.  Proprietary models provided by a third party are used to generate forward curves and volatility surfaces. As a result of the valuation process and observable inputs used, commodity contracts are classified as Level 2 measurements. To validate the reasonableness of these calculations, management compares the assumptions with market information.

|  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|• | Other trading assets consist of interest-only strips which are valued by an independent third-party. The independent third-party values the assets on a loan-by-loan basis using a discounted cash flow analysis that employs prepayment assumptions, discount rate assumptions, and default curves. The prepayment assumptions are created from actual SBA pool prepayment history. The discount rates are derived from actual SBA loan secondary market transactions. The default curves are created using historical observable and unobservable inputs.  As such, interest-only strips are classified as Level 3 measurements. The Company’s SBA department is responsible for ensuring the appropriate application of the valuation, capitalization, and amortization policies of the Company’s interest-only strips. The department performs independent, internal valuations of the interest-only strips on a quarterly basis, which are then reconciled to the third-party valuations to ensure their validity.

Loans held for sale – The Company has elected to apply the fair value option for single family real estate mortgage loans originated for resale in the secondary market.  The election allows for a more effective offset of the changes in fair values of the loans and the derivative instruments used to economically hedge them without the burden of complying with the requirements for hedge accounting. The Company has not elected the fair value option for other loans held for sale primarily because they are not economically hedged using derivative instruments.


The fair value of loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics.  The changes in fair value of these assets are largely driven by changes in interest rates subsequent to loan funding and changes in the fair value of servicing associated with the mortgage loan held for sale.  Both the mortgage loans held for sale and the related forward contracts are classified as Level 2.


153


---

Table of Contents


At both December 31, 2013 and 2012 , no loans held for sale for which the fair value option was elected were 90 days or more past due or were in nonaccrual.  Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale is recognized based on contractual rates and is reflected in interest and fees on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  Net (losses) gains of $(10.7) million and $9.7 million resulting from changes in fair value of these loans were recorded in noninterest income during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.


The Company also had fair value changes on forward contracts related to residential mortgage loans held for sale of approximately $2.4 million , $1.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.  An immaterial portion of these amounts was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk.


The following tables summarize the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Aggregate Fair ValueAggregate Unpaid Principal BalanceDifference(In Thousands)December 31, 2013Residential mortgage loans held for sale$139,750$137,300$2,450December 31, 2012Residential mortgage loans held for sale$312,171$299,069$13,102


Derivative assets and liabilities – Derivative assets and liabilities are measured using models that primarily use market observable inputs, such as quoted security prices, and are accordingly classified as Level 2.  The derivative assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy were comprised of interest rate contract agreements that are valued using third-party software that calculates fair market value considering current quoted TBA and other market based prices and then applies closing ratio assumptions based on software-produced pull through ratios that are generated using the Company’s historical fallout activity.  Based upon this process, the fair value measurement obtained for these financial instruments is deemed a Level 3 classification. The Company's Secondary Marketing Committee is responsible for the appropriate application of the valuation policies and procedures surrounding the Company’s interest rate lock commitments. Policies established to govern mortgage pipeline risk management activities must be approved by the Company’s Asset Liability Committee on an annual basis.


Other assets – Other assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy were comprised of MSRs that are valued through a discounted cash flow analysis using a third-party commercial valuation system.  The valuation takes into consideration the objective characteristics of the MSR portfolio, such as loan amount, note rate, service fee, loan term, and common industry assumptions, such as servicing costs, ancillary income, prepayment estimates, earning rates, cost of fund rates, discount rates, etc.  The Company’s portfolio-specific factors are also considered in calculating the fair value of MSRs to the extent one can reasonably assume a buyer would also incorporate these factors.  Examples of such factors are geographical concentrations of the portfolio, liquidity considerations such as housing authority loans which have a limited number of approved servicers, or additional views of risk not inherently accounted for in prepayment assumptions.  Product liquidity and these other risks are generally incorporated through adjustment of discount factors applied to forecasted cash flows.  Based on this method of pricing MSRs, the fair value measurement obtained for these financial instruments is deemed a Level 3 classification.  The value of the MSR is calculated by a third-party firm that specializes in the MSR market and valuation services. Additionally, the Company obtains a valuation from an independent party to compare for reasonableness.  The Company’s Secondary Marketing Committee is responsible for ensuring the appropriate application of valuation, capitalization, and fair value decay policies for the MSR portfolio.  The Committee meets at least monthly to review the status of the MSR portfolio.


154


---

Table of Contents


The following tables summarize the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting Period UsingFair ValueQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical AssetsSignificant Other Observable InputsSignificant Unobservable InputsDecember 31, 2013(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)(In Thousands)Recurring fair value measurementsAssets:Trading account assets:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$24,655$—$24,655$—Mortgage-backed securities1,285—1,285—State and political subdivisions2,160—2,160—Other equity securities2—2—Interest rate contracts262,578—262,578—Commodity contracts23,132—23,132—Foreign exchange contracts4,450—4,450—Other trading assets1,668—231,645Total trading account assets319,930—318,2851,645Loans held for sale139,750—139,750—Investment securities available for sale:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies260,937—260,937—Mortgage-backed securities5,233,791—5,233,791—Collateralized mortgage obligations1,756,398—1,756,398—States and political subdivisions509,436—509,436—Other debt securities40,33340,28350—Equity securities (1)6357—6Total investment securities available for sale7,800,95840,3407,760,6126Derivative assets:Interest rate contracts73,949—73,002947Equity contracts47,875—47,875—Foreign exchange contracts1,127—1,127—Total derivative assets122,951—122,004947Other assets30,065——30,065Liabilities:Trading account liabilities:Mortgage-backed securities$5,568$—$5,568$—Interest rate contracts200,899—200,899—Commodity contracts18,373—18,373—Foreign exchange contracts3,894—3,894—Other trading liabilities23—23—Total trading account liabilities228,757—228,757—Derivative liabilities:Interest rate contracts11,975—11,91857Equity contracts46,573—46,573—Foreign exchange contracts2,746—2,746—Total derivative liabilities61,294—61,23757


|    |                                                                                                                                                     
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Excludes$512 millionof FHLB and Federal Reserve stock required to be owned by the Company atDecember 31, 2013.  These securities are carried at par.

155


---

Table of Contents


Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting Period UsingFair ValueQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical AssetsSignificant Other Observable InputsSignificant Unobservable InputsDecember 31, 2012(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)(In Thousands)Recurring fair value measurementsAssets:Trading account assets:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies$17,114$—$17,114$—Mortgage-backed securities4,029—4,029—State and political subdivisions3,744—3,744—Interest rate contracts431,765—431,765—Commodity contracts80,004—80,004—Other derivative assets3,519—3,519—Other trading assets5,605—3,5222,083Total trading account assets545,780—543,6972,083Loans held for sale312,171—312,171—Investment securities available for sale:U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agencies96,125—96,125—Mortgage-backed securities5,199,513—5,199,513—Collateralized mortgage obligations1,722,825—1,722,825—States and political subdivisions341,897—341,8898Other debt securities130,222125,2225,000—Equity securities (1)3327—6Total investment securities available for sale7,490,615125,2497,365,35214Derivative assets:Interest rate contracts151,641—146,5475,094Equity contracts23,361—23,361—Foreign exchange contracts641—641—Total derivative assets175,643—170,5495,094Other assets13,255——13,255Liabilities:Trading account liabilities:Mortgage-backed securities$3,763$—$3,763$—Interest rate contracts377,655—377,655—Commodity contracts75,842—75,842—Other derivative liabilities3,414—3,414—Total trading account liabilities460,674—460,674—Derivative liabilities:Interest rate contracts27,234—27,15678Equity contracts22,416—22,416—Foreign exchange contracts1,415—1,415—Total derivative liabilities51,065—50,98778


|    |                                                                                                                                                     
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Excludes$498 millionof FHLB and Federal Reserve stock required to be owned by the Company atDecember 31, 2012.  These securities are carried at par.

156


---

Table of Contents


There were no transfers between Levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  It is the Company’s policy to value any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on end of period fair values.


The following table reconciles the assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)Other Trading AssetsMortgage-Backed SecuritiesStates and Political SubdivisionsOther Debt SecuritiesEquity SecuritiesInterest Rate Contracts, netOther Assets(In Thousands)Balance, January 1, 2012$2,412$817$24$5,008$6$2,091$4,264Transfers into Level 3 (1)———————Transfers out of Level 3 (2)—(327)—(4,950)———Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):Included in earnings (3)(329)————2,925(2,481)Included in other comprehensive income—(490)(16)192———Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:Purchases———————Issuances——————11,472Sales———————Settlements———(250)———Balance, December 31, 2012$2,083$—$8$—$6$5,016$13,255Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for the period, attributable to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2012$(329)$—$—$—$—$2,925$(2,481)Balance, January 1, 2013$2,083$—$8$—$6$5,016$13,255Transfers into Level 3 (1)———————Transfers out of Level 3 (2)———————Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):Included in earnings (3)(438)————(4,126)64Included in other comprehensive income———————Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:Purchases———————Issuances——————16,746Sales———————Settlements——(8)————Balance, December 31, 2013$1,645$—$—$—$6$890$30,065Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for the period, attributable to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2013$(438)$—$—$—$—$(4,126)$64


|    |                                                                                                                          
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 due to a lack of observable market data resulting from a decrease in market activity.

|    |                                                                                                                 
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 due to observable market data resulting from an increase in market activity.

|    |                                                                         
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Included in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

157


---

Table of Contents


Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis


Periodically, certain assets may be recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment.  The following table represents those assets that were subject to fair value adjustments during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and still held as of the end of the year, and the related losses from fair value adjustments on assets sold during the year as well as assets still held as of the end of the year.


Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting Period UsingFair ValueQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical AssetsSignificant Other Observable InputsSignificant Unobservable InputsTotal Gains (Losses)December 31, 2013(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)December 31, 2013(In Thousands)Nonrecurring fair value measurementsAssets:Investment securities held to maturity$31,201$—$—$31,201$(3,864)Loans held for sale7,359——7,359182Impaired loans (1)218,504——218,504(44,461)OREO23,228——23,228(9,702)Fair Value Measurements at the End of the Reporting Period UsingFair ValueQuoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical AssetsSignificant Other Observable InputsSignificant Unobservable InputsTotal Gains (Losses)December 31, 2012(Level 1)(Level 2)(Level 3)December 31, 2012(In Thousands)Nonrecurring fair value measurementsAssets:Investment securities held to maturity$38,566$—$—$38,566$(987)Loans held for sale9,984——9,984(2,232)Impaired loans (1)336,336——336,336(24,184)OREO68,568——68,568(22,063)


|    |                                                                                                                                      
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Total gains(losses) represent charge-offs on impaired loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.

The following is a description of the methodologies applied for valuing these assets:


Investment securities held to maturity – Nonrecurring fair value adjustments on investment securities held to maturity reflect impairment write-downs which the Company believes are other than temporary.  For analyzing these securities, the Company has retained a third party valuation firm. Impairment is determined through the use of cash flow models that estimate cash flows on the underlying mortgages using security-specific collateral and the transaction structure. The cash flow models incorporate the remaining cash flows which are adjusted for future expected credit losses. Future expected credit losses are determined by using various assumptions such as current default rates, prepayment rates, and loss severities. The Company develops these assumptions through the use of market data published by third party sources in addition to historical analysis which includes actual delinquency and default information through the current period. The expected cash flows are then discounted at the interest rate used to recognize interest income on the security


158


---

Table of Contents


to arrive at a present value amount. As the fair value assessments are derived using a discounted cash flow modeling approach, the nonrecurring fair value adjustments are classified as Level 3.


Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale for which the fair value option has not been elected are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are evaluated on an individual basis.  The fair value of each loan held for sale is based on the collateral value of the underlying asset.  Therefore, loans held for sale subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments are classified as Level 3.


Impaired Loans – Impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis represent the carrying value of impaired loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral. Nonrecurring fair value adjustments to impaired loans reflect full or partial write-downs that are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan.  Loans subjected to nonrecurring fair value adjustments based on the current estimated fair value of the collateral are classified as Level 3.


OREO – OREO is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of recorded balance or fair value, which is based on appraisals and third-party price opinions, less estimated costs to sell.  The fair value is classified as Level 3.


The table below presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs for material assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2013 .


. Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value MeasurementsFair Value atRange of Unobservable InputsDecember 31, 2013Valuation TechniqueUnobservable Input(s)(Weighted Average)(In Thousands)Recurring fair value measurements:Other trading assets$1,645Discounted cash flowDefault rate12.4%Prepayment rate6.4% - 10.6% (7.8%)Interest rate contracts890Discounted cash flowClosing ratios (pull-through)0.0% - 98.7% (48.7%)Cap grids0.2% - 1.9% (1.0%)Other assets - MSRs30,065Discounted cash flowDiscount rate9.7% - 11.0% (10.0%)Constant prepayment rate or life speed6.0% - 49.6% (8.8%)Cost to service54.9% - 551.2% (60.3%)Nonrecurring fair value measurements:Investment securities held to maturity$31,201Discounted cash flowPrepayment rate4.9% - 35.4% (17.4%)Default rate2.9% - 19.2% (9.0%)Loss severity39.4% - 93.0% (61.3%)Loans held for sale7,359Appraised valueAppraised valueNM*Impaired loans218,504Appraised valueAppraised value0% - 75.0% (31.9%)OREO23,228Appraised valueAppraised value8.0%


*NM – not meaningful


159


---

Table of Contents


The following provides a description of the sensitivity of the valuation technique to changes in unobservable inputs for recurring fair value measurements.


Recurring Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs


Trading Account Assets – Interest-Only Strips


Significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of the Company’s interest-only strips include default rates and prepayment assumptions.  Significant increases in either of these inputs in isolation would result in significantly lower fair value measurements.  Generally, a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.


Derivative assets and liabilities


Significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of interest rate contracts are pull-through and cap grids.  Increases or decreases in the pull-through or cap grids will have a corresponding impact in the value of interest rate contracts.


Other Assets - MSRs


The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of MSRs are discount rates, constant prepayment rate or life speed, and cost to service assumptions.  The impact of prepayments and changes in the discount rate are based on a variety of underlying inputs such as servicing costs.  Increases or decreases to the underlying cash flow inputs will have a corresponding impact on the value of the MSR asset. The impact of the costs to service assumption will have a directionally opposite change in the fair value of the MSR asset.


Fair Value of Financial Instruments


The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:


December 31, 2013Carrying AmountEstimated Fair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3(In Thousands)Financial Instruments:Assets:Cash and cash equivalents$3,598,460$3,598,460$3,598,460$—$—Trading account assets319,930319,930—318,2851,645Investment securities available for sale8,313,0858,313,08540,3407,760,612512,133Investment securities held to maturity1,519,1961,405,258——1,405,258Loans held for sale147,109147,109—139,7507,359Loans, net49,966,29747,822,339——47,822,339Derivative assets122,951122,951—122,004947Other assets30,06530,065——30,065Liabilities:Deposits$54,437,490$54,492,651$—$54,492,651$—FHLB and other borrowings4,298,7074,287,220—4,287,220—Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase852,570852,570—852,570—Other short-term borrowings5,5915,591—5,591—Trading account liabilities228,757228,757—228,757—Derivative liabilities61,29461,294—61,23757


160


---

Table of Contents


December 31, 2012Carrying AmountEstimated Fair ValueLevel 1Level 2Level 3(In Thousands)Financial Instruments:Assets:Cash and cash equivalents$6,158,442$6,158,442$6,158,442$—$—Trading account assets545,780545,780—543,6972,083Investment securities available for sale7,988,4307,988,430125,2497,365,352497,829Investment securities held to maturity1,507,9291,416,723——1,416,723Loans held for sale322,065322,065—312,1719,894Loans, net44,208,69042,147,832——42,147,832Derivative assets175,643175,643—170,5495,094Other assets13,25513,255——13,255Liabilities:Deposits$51,642,778$51,683,469$—$51,683,469$—FHLB and other borrowings4,273,2794,205,553—4,205,553—Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase1,101,5911,101,591—1,101,591—Other short-term borrowings3,7633,763—3,763—Trading account liabilities460,674460,674—460,674—Derivative liabilities51,06551,065—50,98778


The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments not carried at fair value:


Cash and cash equivalents :  Cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less.  Accordingly, the carrying amount approximates fair value.  Because these amounts generally relate to either currency or highly liquid assets, these are considered a Level 1 measurement.


Investment securities held to maturity: The fair values of securities held to maturity are estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. The discounted cash flow model uses inputs such as estimated prepayment speed, loss rates, and default rates. They are considered a level 3 measurement as the valuation employs significant unobservable inputs.


Loans : Loans are presented net of the allowance for loan losses and are valued using discounted cash flows. The discount rates used to determine the present value of these loans are based on current market interest rates for loans with similar credit risk and term.  They are considered a Level 3 measurement as the valuation employs significant unobservable inputs.


Deposits : The fair values of demand deposits are equal to the carrying amounts.  Demand deposits include noninterest bearing demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and money market demand accounts. Discounted cash flows have been used to value fixed rate term deposits.  The discount rate used is based on interest rates currently being offered by the Company on comparable deposits as to amount and term. They are considered a Level 2 measurement as the valuation primarily employs observable inputs for similar instruments.


Short-term borrowings : The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings approximates fair value.  They are therefore considered a Level 2 measurement.


FHLB and other borrowings : The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings, which includes the Company’s Capital Securities, are estimated using discounted cash flows, based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate borrowings approximates fair value.  As such, these borrowings are considered a Level 2 measurement as the valuation primarily employs observable inputs for similar instruments.


161


---

Table of Contents


(21)  Comprehensive Income


Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances arising from nonowner sources.  The following summarizes the change in the components of other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


December 31, 2013PretaxTax Expense/ (Benefit)After-tax(In Thousands)Other comprehensive income (loss):Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period from securities available for sale$(170,425)$(61,935)$(108,490)Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains on sale of securities in net income31,37111,40119,970Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale(201,796)(73,336)(128,460)Change in unamortized net holding losses on investment securities held to maturity16,6366,04510,591Less: non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity3,2431,1782,065Change in unamortized non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity2,3878671,520Net change in unamortized holding losses on securities held to maturity15,7805,73410,046Unrealized holding gains arising during period from cash flow hedge instruments12,8424,7448,098Change in defined benefit plans(5,928)(2,250)(3,678)Other comprehensive income (loss)$(179,102)$(65,108)$(113,994)


December 31, 2012PretaxTax Expense/ (Benefit)After-tax(In Thousands)Other comprehensive income (loss):Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period from securities available for sale$(7,562)$(2,640)$(4,922)Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains on sale of securities in net income12,8324,4808,352Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale(20,394)(7,120)(13,274)Change in unamortized net holding losses on investment securities held to maturity33,65511,75121,904Less: non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity4,7281,6513,077Change in unamortized non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity863301562Net change in unamortized holding losses on securities held to maturity29,79010,40119,389Unrealized holding losses arising during period from cash flow hedge instruments(4,416)(1,592)(2,824)Change in defined benefit plans(11,524)(4,336)(7,188)Other comprehensive income (loss)$(6,544)$(2,647)$(3,897)





162


---

Table of Contents


December 31, 2011PretaxTax Expense/ (Benefit)After-tax(In Thousands)Other comprehensive income (loss):Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period from securities available for sale$91,157$33,321$57,836Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains on sale of securities in net income50,43818,73931,699Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale40,71914,58226,137Change in unamortized net holding losses on investment securities held to maturity26,9749,89917,075Less: non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity612239Change in unamortized non-credit related impairment on investment securities held to maturity1,517557960Net change in unamortized holding losses on securities held to maturity28,43010,43417,996Unrealized holding losses arising during period from cash flow hedge instruments(2,849)(1,005)(1,844)Defined benefit plans17,4976,51410,983Other comprehensive income (loss)$83,797$30,525$53,272





Activity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2013 was as follows:


Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale and Transferred to Held to MaturityAccumulated (Gains) Losses on Cash Flow Hedging InstrumentsDefined Benefit Plan AdjustmentUnamortized Impairment Losses on Investment Securities Held to MaturityTotal(In Thousands)Balance, January 1, 2013$86,379$(13,387)$(38,243)$(8,691)$26,058Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications(108,490)4,973—(2,065)(105,582)Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(9,379)3,125(3,678)1,520(8,412)Net current period other comprehensive income(117,869)8,098(3,678)(545)(113,994)Balance, December 31, 2013$(31,490)$(5,289)$(41,921)$(9,236)$(87,936)





163


---

Table of Contents


The following table presents information on reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2013 .


Details About Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ComponentsAmounts Reclassified From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income(1)Consolidated Statement of Income CaptionDecember 31, 2013(In Thousands)Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale and Transferred to Held to Maturity$31,371Investment securities gains, net(16,636)Interest on investment securities held to maturity14,735(5,356)Income tax expense$9,379Net of taxAccumulated (Gains) Losses on Cash Flow Hedging Instruments$1,999Interest and fees on loans(6,955)Interest and fees on FHLB advances(4,956)1,831Income tax benefit$(3,125)Net of taxDefined Benefit Plan Adjustment$5,928(2)(2,250)Income tax expense$3,678Net of taxUnamortized Impairment Losses on Investment Securities Held to Maturity$(2,387)Interest on investment securities held to maturity867Income tax benefit$(1,520)Net of tax


|    |                                                                                
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Amounts in parentheses indicate debits to the consolidated statement of income.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                         
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note18,Benefit Plans, for additional details).

164


---

Table of Contents


(22)  Supplemental Disclosure for Statement of Cash Flows


The following table presents the Company’s noncash investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


201320122011(In Thousands)Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:Interest paid$273,939$238,119$297,231Net income taxes (refunded) paid139,247142,174(47,616)Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:Transfer of loans and loans held for sale to OREO$47,879$67,194$235,201Transfer of loans to loans held for sale91,400207,14847,052Loans to facilitate the sale of OREO——1,902Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities(201,796)(20,394)41,079Issuance of restricted stock, net of cancellations6,1668,58513,797Cancellation of forward contract on restricted stock——4,148Business combinations and divestitures:Divestiture:Assets sold$—$1,414$—Removal of goodwill and intangibles—14,503—Liabilities sold—(1,694)—Gain on divestiture—15,100—Net cash received$—$29,323$—





( 23 ) Segment Information


The Company’s operating segments are based on the Company’s lines of business.  Each line of business is a strategic unit that serves a particular group of customers that have certain common characteristics through various products and services.  The segment results include certain overhead allocations and intercompany transactions.  All intercompany transactions have been eliminated to determine the consolidated balances.  The Company operates primarily in the United States, and, accordingly, the geographic distribution of revenue and assets is not significant.  There are no individual customers whose revenues exceeded 10% of consolidated revenue.


During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company reorganized its internal retail banking and wealth management structure and, accordingly, its segment reporting structure.  As a result of this reorganization, the Retail Banking and Wealth Management operating segments have been combined into one operating segment.  Prior periods' information has been restated to conform to the current periods' presentation.  The Company’s operating segments are Wealth and Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking, and Treasury.


The Wealth and Retail Banking segment serves the Company’s consumer customers through its 685 full-service banking centers and through the use of alternative delivery channels such as the internet, mobile devices and telephone banking.  The Wealth and Retail Banking segment provides individuals with comprehensive products and services including home mortgages, credit and debit cards, deposit accounts, insurance products, mutual funds and brokerage services.  The Wealth and Retail Banking segment also provides private banking to high net worth individuals and wealth management services, including specialized investment portfolio management, traditional credit products, traditional trust and estate services, investment advisory services, financial counseling and customized services to companies and their employees. In addition, the Wealth and Retail Banking segment serves the Company’s small business customers.


The Commercial Banking segment is responsible for providing a full array of banking and investment services to businesses in the Company’s markets.  In addition to traditional credit and deposit products, the Commercial Banking segment also supports its customers with capabilities in treasury management, leasing, accounts receivable purchasing,


165


---

Table of Contents


asset-based lending, international services, and insurance and interest rate protection and investment products.  In addition, the Commercial Banking segment is responsible for the Company’s indirect automobile portfolio.


The Corporate and Investment Banking segment is responsible for providing a full array of banking and investment services to corporate and institutional clients.  In addition to traditional credit and deposit products, the Corporate and Investment Banking segment also supports its customers with capabilities in treasury management, leasing, accounts receivable purchasing, asset-based lending, international services, and interest rate protection and investment products.


The Treasury segment’s primary function is to manage the investment securities portfolio, public entity deposits, the interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and the liquidity and funding positions of the Company.


Corporate Support and Other includes activities that are not directly attributable to the operating segments, for example, the activities of the Parent and corporate support functions that are not directly attributable to a strategic business segment, as well as the elimination of intercompany transactions.  Corporate Support and Other also includes activities associated with assets and liabilities of Guaranty Bank acquired by the Company in 2009 and the related FDIC indemnification asset.  Goodwill impairment is also presented within Corporate Support and Other as the Company does not allocate goodwill impairment to the related segments in the Company's internal profitability reporting system.


The following table presents the segment information for the Company’s segments as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 .


December 31, 2013Wealth and Retail BankingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingTreasuryCorporate Support and OtherConsolidated(In Thousands)Net interest income (expense)$1,115,740$963,244$65,613$(35,353)$(66,563)$2,042,681Allocated provision for loan losses117,890(32,529)5,467—16,718107,546Noninterest income552,668185,795128,89776,749(89,319)854,790Noninterest expense1,292,030462,381124,38617,671302,7072,199,175Net income (loss) before income tax expense  (benefit)258,488719,18764,65723,725(475,307)590,750Income tax expense (benefit)96,287267,89724,0848,837(226,285)170,820Net income (loss)162,201451,29040,57314,888(249,022)419,930Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests—308—1,786—2,094Net income (loss) attributable to shareholder$162,201$450,982$40,573$13,102$(249,022)$417,836Average assets$20,851,270$26,091,793$3,215,727$13,069,769$7,081,078$70,309,637


166


---

Table of Contents


December 31, 2012Wealth and Retail BankingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingTreasuryCorporate Support and OtherConsolidated(In Thousands)Net interest income$1,065,180$965,543$56,974$4,602$137,683$2,229,982Allocated provision for loan losses134,174(114,026)5,634—3,68929,471Noninterest income568,887133,082110,16277,148(39,231)850,048Noninterest expense1,262,478497,196103,16018,532470,4812,351,847Net income (loss) before income tax expense  (benefit)237,415715,45558,34263,218(375,718)698,712Income tax expense (benefit)88,437266,50721,73223,549(180,524)219,701Net income (loss)148,978448,94836,61039,669(195,194)479,011Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests—330—1,808—2,138Net income (loss) attributable to shareholder$148,978$448,618$36,610$37,861$(195,194)$476,873Average assets$19,514,633$24,321,067$2,617,446$12,818,387$7,197,282$66,468,815


December 31, 2011Wealth and Retail BankingCommercial BankingCorporate and Investment BankingTreasuryCorporate Support and OtherConsolidated(In Thousands)Net interest income$1,011,071$898,465$52,025$42,971$324,517$2,329,049Allocated provision for loan losses247,642167,2512,341—11,399428,633Noninterest income591,20494,588108,32175,539(16,439)853,213Noninterest expense1,239,131488,985117,12222,4002,525,1804,392,818Net income (loss) before income tax expense  (benefit)115,502336,81740,88396,110(2,228,501)(1,639,189)Income tax expense (benefit)43,024125,46515,22935,801(121,344)98,175Net income (loss)72,478211,35225,65460,309(2,107,157)(1,737,364)Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests—184—1,827—2,011Net income (loss) attributable to shareholder$72,478$211,168$25,654$58,482$(2,107,157)$(1,739,375)Average assets$18,008,135$23,224,016$2,072,004$11,474,742$8,955,580$63,734,477


The financial information presented was derived from the internal profitability reporting system used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the Company.  This information is based on internal management accounting policies that have been developed to reflect the underlying economics of the businesses.  These policies address the methodologies applied and include policies related to funds transfer pricing, cost allocations and capital allocations.


Funds transfer pricing was used in the determination of net interest income earned primarily on loans and deposits.  The method employed for funds transfer pricing is a matched funding concept whereby lines of business which are fund providers are credited and those that are fund users are charged based on maturity, prepayment and/or repricing characteristics applied on an instrument level.  Costs for centrally managed operations are generally allocated to the lines of business based on the utilization of services provided or other appropriate indicators.  Capital is allocated to the lines of business based upon the underlying risks in each business considering economic and regulatory capital standards.


The development and application of these methodologies is a dynamic process.  Accordingly, prior period financial results have been revised to reflect management accounting enhancements and changes in the Company's organizational


167


---

Table of Contents


structure.  The 2012 and 2011 segment information has been revised to conform to the 2013 presentation.  In addition, unlike financial accounting, there is no authoritative literature for management accounting similar to U.S. GAAP.  Consequently, reported results are not necessarily comparable with those presented by other financial institutions.


(24)  Parent Company Financial Statements


On May 14, 2013 , the mid-tier holding company, BBVA Compass Banchsares, Inc., was merged into the top tier U.S. holding company, BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc.  Because of the related nature of these two holding companies, this transaction was accounted for as a merger of entities under common control, resulting in a retrospective adjustment of the Parent company financial statements to include the historical activity of the mid-tier holding company for all periods prior to the transaction.


The condensed financial information for BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (formerly known as BBVA USA, Bancshares, Inc.) (Parent company only) is presented as follows:


Parent CompanyBalance SheetsDecember 31,20132012(In Thousands)Assets:Cash and cash equivalents$142,636$159,725Investment in subsidiaries11,406,51710,995,351Other assets30,48526,540Total assets$11,579,638$11,181,616Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity:Accrued expenses and other liabilities$120,886$127,048Shareholder’s equity11,458,75211,054,568Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity$11,579,638$11,181,616


Parent CompanyStatements of IncomeYears Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Income:Cash dividends from subsidiaries$424$135$130Other1,7601,801455Total income2,1841,936585Expense:Salaries and employee benefits1,3785092Other12,1028,3487,391Total expense13,4808,8577,393Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings (losses) of subsidiaries(11,296)(6,921)(6,808)Income tax benefit(4,057)(2,418)(2,422)Loss before equity in undistributed earnings (losses) of subsidiaries(7,239)(4,503)(4,386)Equity in undistributed earnings (losses) of subsidiaries425,075481,376(1,734,989)Net income (loss)$417,836$476,873$(1,739,375)Other comprehensive income (loss) (1)(113,994)(3,897)53,272Comprehensive income (loss)$303,842$472,976$(1,686,103)


|    |                                                                  
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | See Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) detail.

168


---

Table of Contents


Parent CompanyStatements of Cash FlowsYears Ended December 31,201320122011(In Thousands)Operating Activities:Net income (loss)$417,836$476,873$(1,739,375)Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operations:Amortization of stock based compensation8,3116,82013,196Depreciation51245Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiaries(425,075)(481,376)1,734,989(Increase) decrease in other assets(3,990)(2,003)8,196Increase (decrease) in other liabilities4,0632,191(8,818)Net cash provided by operating activities1,1962,5298,193Investing Activities:Purchase of premises and equipment(6)(195)—Capital receipts from (contributions to) subsidiaries(100,000)—(75,000)Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities(100,006)(195)(75,000)Financing Activities:Repayment of other borrowings(10,310)——Capital contribution from parent——75,000Vesting of restricted stock(5,741)(11,872)—Restricted stock grants retained to cover taxes(2,228)(1,458)(2,196)Issuance of common stock100,000——Net cash used in financing activities81,721(13,330)72,804Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(17,089)(10,996)5,997Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year159,725170,721164,724Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year$142,636$159,725$170,721





(25)  Related Party Transactions


The Company enters into various contracts with BBVA that affect the Company’s business and operations.  The following discloses the significant transactions between the Company and BBVA during 2013 and 2012 .


The Company believes all of the transactions entered into between the Company and BBVA were transacted on terms that were no more or less beneficial to the Company than similar transactions entered into with unrelated market participants, including interest rates and transaction costs.  The Company foresees executing similar transactions with BBVA in the future.


Derivatives


The Company has entered into various derivative contracts as noted below with BBVA as the upstream counterparty.  The net fair value of outstanding derivative contracts between the Company and BBVA at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are detailed below. 20132012(In Thousands)Derivative contractsCash flow hedges$3,652$5,570Free-standing derivative instruments – risk management and other purposes21,65020,974Free-standing derivative instruments – customer accommodation(842)(51,674)


169


---

Table of Contents


Loan Purchases and Sales


The Company purchased performing loans with an approximated fair value of $37 million from BBVA during 2012 . There were no purchases of loans from related parties during 2013 and 2011 .


During 2011 , the Company sold nonperforming loans with a fair value of $47 million to BBVA.  Prior to the sale, these loans were transferred to loans held for sale and adjusted to fair value.  As a result of this transfer, no gain or loss was recognized on the sale. There were no loan sales to related parties during 2013 and 2012 .


(26)  Subsequent Event


On March 20, 2014, the Company acquired Simple Finance Technology Corp, a U.S. based digital banking services firm. The transaction values Simple at approximately $117 million .


In connection with the Simple acquisition, on March 17, 2014, the Company issued 2,226,875 shares of its common stock, $0.01 par value per share, to BBVA, in consideration of the contribution by BBVA of $117 million to the Company.





170


---

Table of Contents


|        |                                                                                     
|------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not Applicable.


Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures


Disclosure Controls and Procedures.


The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


Management of the Company, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on their evaluation, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective.


Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.


Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).


The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process effected by those charged with governance, management, and other personnel designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992). Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992).


This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management's report on internal control over financial reporting was not subject to attestation pursuant to the rules of Securities and Exchange Commission because the Company is a non-accelerated filer.


Changes In Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.


There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


171


---

Table of Contents


Item 9B.    Other Information


Not Applicable.


172


---

Table of Contents


Part III


|         |                                                       
|-------- | ------------------------------------------------------
|Item 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information for this item is not required as the Company is filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K with a reduced disclosure format. See "Explanatory Note."


|         |                       
|-------- | ----------------------
|Item 11. | Executive Compensation

Information for this item is not required as the Company is filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K with a reduced disclosure format. See "Explanatory Note."


|         |                                                                                               
|-------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters




Information for this item is not required as the Company is filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K with a reduced disclosure format. See "Explanatory Note."


|         |                                                                          
|-------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information for this item is not required as the Company is filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K with a reduced disclosure format. See "Explanatory Note."


|         |                                       
|-------- | --------------------------------------
|Item 14. | Principal Accounting Fees and Services

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , professional services were performed by Deloitte & Touche LLP.  The following table sets forth the aggregate fees paid to Deloitte & Touche LLP by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .


20132012Audit fees (1)$4,392,514$4,103,062Audit related fees (2)182,055162,739Tax fees (3)93,42381,618All other fees——Total fees$4,667,992$4,347,419


|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(1) | Audit fees are fees for professional services rendered for audits of the Company's financial statements, SEC regulatory filings, employee benefit plan audits, and services that are normally provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

|    |                                                                                                                                                                                          
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Audit related fees generally include fees associated with reports pursuant to service organization examinations, compliance related to servicing of assets, and other compliance reports.

|    |                                                                                           
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Tax fees include fees associated with tax compliance services, tax advice and tax planning

173


---

Table of Contents


Pre-approval of Services by the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


Under the terms of its charter, the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) must approve all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company, either before the firm is engaged to render such services or pursuant to pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee, subject to a de minimis exception for non-audit services that are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit and otherwise in accordance with the terms of applicable SEC rules. The de minimis exception waives the pre-approval requirements for non-audit services provided that such services: (1) do not aggregate to more than five percent of total revenues paid by the Corporation to its independent registered public accountant in the fiscal year when services are provided, (2) were not recognized as non-audit services at the time of the engagement, and (3) are promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved prior to the completion of the audit by the Audit Committee or one or more designated representatives.. Between meetings of the Audit Committee, the authority to pre-approve such services is delegated to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee may also delegate to one or more of its members the authority to grant pre-approvals of such services. The decisions of the Chairperson or any designee to pre-approve any audit or permitted non-audit service must be presented to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. In 2013, all of the non-audit services provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm were approved by the Audit Committee.


174


---

Table of Contents





Part IV


|         |                                        
|-------- | ---------------------------------------
|Item 15. | Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

|    |                     
|--- | --------------------
|(1) | Financial Statements

See Item 8.


|    |                              
|--- | -----------------------------
|(2) | Financial Statement Schedules

None


|    |         
|--- | --------
|(3) | Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index below.


Exhibit NumberDescription of Documents2.1Purchase and Assumption Agreement Whole Bank All Deposits among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Guaranty Bank, Austin, Texas, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Compass Bank, dated as of August 21, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Commission on November 22, 2013, File No. 0-55106).3.1Certificate of Formation of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., as amended (restated for filing with the SEC) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Commission on November 22, 2013, File No. 0-55106).3.2Bylaws of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Commission on November 22, 2013, File No. 0-55106).21List of Subsidiaries of BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.31.1Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.31.2Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.1Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.2Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


Certain instruments defining rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries constituting less than 10% of the Company’s total assets are not filed herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. At the SEC’s request, the Company agrees to furnish the SEC a copy of any such agreement.





175


---

Table of Contents


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Date: March 28, 2014BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc.By:/s/ Angel RegleroName:Angel RegleroTitle:Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer





Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


SignatureTitleDate/s/ Manuel Sánchez RodriguezDirector, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)March 28, 2014Manuel Sánchez Rodriguez/s/ Angel RegleroSenior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)March 28, 2014Angel Reglero/s/ Kirk P. PressleyExecutive Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)March 28, 2014Kirk P. Pressley/s/ William C. HelmsDirector, Vice Chairman of the Board of DirectorsMarch 28, 2014William C. Helms/s/ Eduardo Aguirre, Jr.DirectorMarch 28, 2014Eduardo Aguirre, Jr./s/ Shelaghmichael C. BrownDirectorMarch 28, 2014Shelaghmichael C. Brown/s/ José María García Meyer-DöhnerDirectorMarch 28, 2014José María García Meyer-Döhner


176


---

Table of Contents


/s/ Fernando Gutiérrez JunqueraDirectorMarch 28, 2014Fernando Gutiérrez Junquera/s/ Charles E. McMahenDirectorMarch 28, 2014Charles E. McMahen/s/ Glen E. RoneyDirectorMarch 28, 2014Glen E. Roney/s/ Raúl SantoroDirectorMarch 28, 2014Raúl Santoro/s/ J. Terry StrangeDirectorMarch 28, 2014J. Terry Strange/s/ Guillermo F. TreviñoDirectorMarch 28, 2014Guillermo F. Treviño/s/ Mario Max YzaguirreDirectorMarch 28, 2014Mario Max Yzaguirre








177